1 /* X Communication module for terminals which understand the X protocol.
3 Copyright (C) 1989, 1993-2012 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
5 This file is part of GNU Emacs.
7 GNU Emacs is free software: you can redistribute it and/or modify
8 it under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by
9 the Free Software Foundation, either version 3 of the License, or
10 (at your option) any later version.
12 GNU Emacs is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
13 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
14 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
15 GNU General Public License for more details.
17 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
18 along with GNU Emacs. If not, see <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>. */
20 /* New display code by Gerd Moellmann <gerd@gnu.org>. */
21 /* Xt features made by Fred Pierresteguy. */
29 #include "blockinput.h"
30 #include "syssignal.h"
32 /* This may include sys/types.h, and that somehow loses
33 if this is not done before the other system files. */
35 #include <X11/cursorfont.h>
37 /* Load sys/types.h if not already loaded.
38 In some systems loading it twice is suicidal. */
40 #include <sys/types.h>
43 #include <sys/ioctl.h>
50 /* Caused redefinition of DBL_DIG on Netbsd; seems not to be needed. */
51 /* #include <sys/param.h> */
54 #include "character.h"
57 #include "dispextern.h"
62 #include "termhooks.h"
65 #include "emacs-icon.h"
70 #include "intervals.h"
76 #include "xsettings.h"
78 #include "sysselect.h"
81 #include <X11/Shell.h>
89 #include <X11/Xproto.h>
94 #include "../lwlib/xlwmenu.h"
98 #if !defined (NO_EDITRES)
100 extern void _XEditResCheckMessages (Widget
, XtPointer
, XEvent
*, Boolean
*);
101 #endif /* not NO_EDITRES */
103 /* Include toolkit specific headers for the scroll bar widget. */
105 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
106 #if defined USE_MOTIF
107 #include <Xm/Xm.h> /* for LESSTIF_VERSION */
108 #include <Xm/ScrollBar.h>
109 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
112 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Simple.h>
113 #include <X11/Xaw3d/Scrollbar.h>
114 #include <X11/Xaw3d/ThreeD.h>
115 #else /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
116 #include <X11/Xaw/Simple.h>
117 #include <X11/Xaw/Scrollbar.h>
118 #endif /* !HAVE_XAW3D */
120 #define XtNpickTop "pickTop"
121 #endif /* !XtNpickTop */
122 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
123 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
125 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
129 #ifndef XtNinitialState
130 #define XtNinitialState "initialState"
134 #include "bitmaps/gray.xbm"
136 /* Default to using XIM if available. */
140 int use_xim
= 0; /* configure --without-xim */
145 /* Non-zero means that a HELP_EVENT has been generated since Emacs
148 static int any_help_event_p
;
150 /* Last window where we saw the mouse. Used by mouse-autoselect-window. */
151 static Lisp_Object last_window
;
153 /* This is a chain of structures for all the X displays currently in
156 struct x_display_info
*x_display_list
;
158 /* This is a list of cons cells, each of the form (NAME
159 . FONT-LIST-CACHE), one for each element of x_display_list and in
160 the same order. NAME is the name of the frame. FONT-LIST-CACHE
161 records previous values returned by x-list-fonts. */
163 Lisp_Object x_display_name_list
;
165 /* This is a frame waiting to be auto-raised, within XTread_socket. */
167 static struct frame
*pending_autoraise_frame
;
169 /* This is a frame waiting for an event matching mask, within XTread_socket. */
174 } pending_event_wait
;
177 /* The application context for Xt use. */
178 XtAppContext Xt_app_con
;
179 static String Xt_default_resources
[] = {0};
181 /* Non-zero means user is interacting with a toolkit scroll bar. */
183 static int toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
;
184 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
186 /* Non-zero timeout value means ignore next mouse click if it arrives
187 before that timeout elapses (i.e. as part of the same sequence of
188 events resulting from clicking on a frame to select it). */
190 static unsigned long ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
;
194 Formerly, we used PointerMotionHintMask (in standard_event_mask)
195 so that we would have to call XQueryPointer after each MotionNotify
196 event to ask for another such event. However, this made mouse tracking
197 slow, and there was a bug that made it eventually stop.
199 Simply asking for MotionNotify all the time seems to work better.
201 In order to avoid asking for motion events and then throwing most
202 of them away or busy-polling the server for mouse positions, we ask
203 the server for pointer motion hints. This means that we get only
204 one event per group of mouse movements. "Groups" are delimited by
205 other kinds of events (focus changes and button clicks, for
206 example), or by XQueryPointer calls; when one of these happens, we
207 get another MotionNotify event the next time the mouse moves. This
208 is at least as efficient as getting motion events when mouse
209 tracking is on, and I suspect only negligibly worse when tracking
212 /* Where the mouse was last time we reported a mouse event. */
214 static XRectangle last_mouse_glyph
;
215 static FRAME_PTR last_mouse_glyph_frame
;
216 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_press_frame
;
218 /* The scroll bar in which the last X motion event occurred.
220 If the last X motion event occurred in a scroll bar, we set this so
221 XTmouse_position can know whether to report a scroll bar motion or
224 If the last X motion event didn't occur in a scroll bar, we set
225 this to Qnil, to tell XTmouse_position to return an ordinary motion
228 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_scroll_bar
;
230 /* This is a hack. We would really prefer that XTmouse_position would
231 return the time associated with the position it returns, but there
232 doesn't seem to be any way to wrest the time-stamp from the server
233 along with the position query. So, we just keep track of the time
234 of the last movement we received, and return that in hopes that
235 it's somewhat accurate. */
237 static Time last_mouse_movement_time
;
239 /* Time for last user interaction as returned in X events. */
241 static Time last_user_time
;
243 /* Incremented by XTread_socket whenever it really tries to read
246 static int volatile input_signal_count
;
248 /* Used locally within XTread_socket. */
250 static int x_noop_count
;
252 static Lisp_Object Qalt
, Qhyper
, Qmeta
, Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
;
254 static Lisp_Object Qvendor_specific_keysyms
;
255 static Lisp_Object Qlatin_1
;
258 /* The name of the Emacs icon file. */
259 static Lisp_Object xg_default_icon_file
;
261 /* Used in gtkutil.c. */
262 Lisp_Object Qx_gtk_map_stock
;
265 /* Some functions take this as char *, not const char *. */
266 static char emacs_class
[] = EMACS_CLASS
;
270 XEMBED_MAPPED
= 1 << 0
275 XEMBED_EMBEDDED_NOTIFY
= 0,
276 XEMBED_WINDOW_ACTIVATE
= 1,
277 XEMBED_WINDOW_DEACTIVATE
= 2,
278 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
= 3,
280 XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
= 5,
281 XEMBED_FOCUS_NEXT
= 6,
282 XEMBED_FOCUS_PREV
= 7,
284 XEMBED_MODALITY_ON
= 10,
285 XEMBED_MODALITY_OFF
= 11,
286 XEMBED_REGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 12,
287 XEMBED_UNREGISTER_ACCELERATOR
= 13,
288 XEMBED_ACTIVATE_ACCELERATOR
= 14
291 /* Used in x_flush. */
293 static bool x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*, Colormap
, XColor
*);
294 static void x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
295 static void x_raise_frame (struct frame
*);
296 static void x_lower_frame (struct frame
*);
297 static const XColor
*x_color_cells (Display
*, int *);
298 static void x_update_window_end (struct window
*, int, int);
300 static int x_io_error_quitter (Display
*);
301 static struct terminal
*x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*);
302 void x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*);
303 static void x_update_end (struct frame
*);
304 static void XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*);
305 static void XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
306 static void XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*);
307 static void x_clear_frame (struct frame
*);
308 static _Noreturn
void x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*, int, int);
309 static void frame_highlight (struct frame
*);
310 static void frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*);
311 static void x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*, struct frame
*);
312 static void x_focus_changed (int, int, struct x_display_info
*,
313 struct frame
*, struct input_event
*);
314 static void x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*,
315 XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
316 static void XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*);
317 static void x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*);
318 static void x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*);
319 static void x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int,
320 enum text_cursor_kinds
);
322 static void x_clip_to_row (struct window
*, struct glyph_row
*, int, GC
);
323 static void x_flush (struct frame
*f
);
324 static void x_update_begin (struct frame
*);
325 static void x_update_window_begin (struct window
*);
326 static void x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*);
327 static struct scroll_bar
*x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*, Window
);
328 static void x_scroll_bar_report_motion (struct frame
**, Lisp_Object
*,
329 enum scroll_bar_part
*,
330 Lisp_Object
*, Lisp_Object
*,
332 static int x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*, XPropertyEvent
*);
333 static void x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*);
334 static void x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*, int, int);
335 static void x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*, int, int, int);
336 static int handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*, XEvent
*,
337 int *, struct input_event
*);
339 static int x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*, Display
*);
341 /* Don't declare this _Noreturn because we want no
342 interference with debugging failing X calls. */
343 static void x_connection_closed (Display
*, const char *);
344 static void x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*, int);
345 static void x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*, ptrdiff_t);
346 static void x_initialize (void);
349 /* Flush display of frame F, or of all frames if F is null. */
352 x_flush (struct frame
*f
)
354 /* Don't call XFlush when it is not safe to redisplay; the X
355 connection may be broken. */
356 if (!NILP (Vinhibit_redisplay
))
362 Lisp_Object rest
, frame
;
363 FOR_EACH_FRAME (rest
, frame
)
364 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
365 x_flush (XFRAME (frame
));
367 else if (FRAME_X_P (f
))
368 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
373 /* Remove calls to XFlush by defining XFlush to an empty replacement.
374 Calls to XFlush should be unnecessary because the X output buffer
375 is flushed automatically as needed by calls to XPending,
376 XNextEvent, or XWindowEvent according to the XFlush man page.
377 XTread_socket calls XPending. Removing XFlush improves
380 #define XFlush(DISPLAY) (void) 0
383 /***********************************************************************
385 ***********************************************************************/
389 /* This is a function useful for recording debugging information about
390 the sequence of occurrences in this file. */
398 struct record event_record
[100];
400 int event_record_index
;
403 record_event (char *locus
, int type
)
405 if (event_record_index
== sizeof (event_record
) / sizeof (struct record
))
406 event_record_index
= 0;
408 event_record
[event_record_index
].locus
= locus
;
409 event_record
[event_record_index
].type
= type
;
410 event_record_index
++;
417 /* Return the struct x_display_info corresponding to DPY. */
419 struct x_display_info
*
420 x_display_info_for_display (Display
*dpy
)
422 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
424 for (dpyinfo
= x_display_list
; dpyinfo
; dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
)
425 if (dpyinfo
->display
== dpy
)
432 x_find_topmost_parent (struct frame
*f
)
434 struct x_output
*x
= f
->output_data
.x
;
435 Window win
= None
, wi
= x
->parent_desc
;
436 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
438 while (wi
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
442 unsigned int nchildren
;
445 XQueryTree (dpy
, win
, &root
, &wi
, &children
, &nchildren
);
452 #define OPAQUE 0xffffffff
455 x_set_frame_alpha (struct frame
*f
)
457 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
458 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
459 Window win
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
461 double alpha_min
= 1.0;
465 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
470 if (FLOATP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
471 alpha_min
= XFLOAT_DATA (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
);
472 else if (INTEGERP (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
))
473 alpha_min
= (XINT (Vframe_alpha_lower_limit
)) / 100.0;
477 else if (alpha
> 1.0)
479 else if (0.0 <= alpha
&& alpha
< alpha_min
&& alpha_min
<= 1.0)
482 opac
= alpha
* OPAQUE
;
484 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
486 /* If there is a parent from the window manager, put the property there
487 also, to work around broken window managers that fail to do that.
488 Do this unconditionally as this function is called on reparent when
489 alpha has not changed on the frame. */
491 parent
= x_find_topmost_parent (f
);
493 XChangeProperty (dpy
, parent
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
494 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
495 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
497 /* return unless necessary */
502 unsigned long n
, left
;
504 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
505 0L, 1L, False
, XA_CARDINAL
,
506 &actual
, &format
, &n
, &left
,
509 if (rc
== Success
&& actual
!= None
)
511 unsigned long value
= *(unsigned long *)data
;
521 XChangeProperty (dpy
, win
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
,
522 XA_CARDINAL
, 32, PropModeReplace
,
523 (unsigned char *) &opac
, 1L);
528 x_display_pixel_height (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
530 return HeightOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
534 x_display_pixel_width (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
536 return WidthOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
540 /***********************************************************************
541 Starting and ending an update
542 ***********************************************************************/
544 /* Start an update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook
545 for update_begin, i.e. it is called when update_begin is called.
546 This function is called prior to calls to x_update_window_begin for
547 each window being updated. Currently, there is nothing to do here
548 because all interesting stuff is done on a window basis. */
551 x_update_begin (struct frame
*f
)
557 /* Start update of window W. Set the global variable updated_window
558 to the window being updated and set output_cursor to the cursor
562 x_update_window_begin (struct window
*w
)
564 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
565 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
568 set_output_cursor (&w
->cursor
);
572 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
574 /* Don't do highlighting for mouse motion during the update. */
575 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 1;
577 /* If F needs to be redrawn, simply forget about any prior mouse
579 if (FRAME_GARBAGED_P (f
))
580 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
587 /* Draw a vertical window border from (x,y0) to (x,y1) */
590 x_draw_vertical_window_border (struct window
*w
, int x
, int y0
, int y1
)
592 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
595 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, VERTICAL_BORDER_FACE_ID
);
597 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
600 XDrawLine (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
601 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
, x
, y0
, x
, y1
);
604 /* End update of window W (which is equal to updated_window).
606 Draw vertical borders between horizontally adjacent windows, and
607 display W's cursor if CURSOR_ON_P is non-zero.
609 MOUSE_FACE_OVERWRITTEN_P non-zero means that some row containing
610 glyphs in mouse-face were overwritten. In that case we have to
611 make sure that the mouse-highlight is properly redrawn.
613 W may be a menu bar pseudo-window in case we don't have X toolkit
614 support. Such windows don't have a cursor, so don't display it
618 x_update_window_end (struct window
*w
, int cursor_on_p
, int mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
620 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (XFRAME (w
->frame
));
622 if (!w
->pseudo_window_p
)
627 display_and_set_cursor (w
, 1, output_cursor
.hpos
,
629 output_cursor
.x
, output_cursor
.y
);
631 if (draw_window_fringes (w
, 1))
632 x_draw_vertical_border (w
);
637 /* If a row with mouse-face was overwritten, arrange for
638 XTframe_up_to_date to redisplay the mouse highlight. */
639 if (mouse_face_overwritten_p
)
641 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
642 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
643 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
646 updated_window
= NULL
;
650 /* End update of frame F. This function is installed as a hook in
654 x_update_end (struct frame
*f
)
656 /* Mouse highlight may be displayed again. */
657 MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
)->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
661 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
667 /* This function is called from various places in xdisp.c whenever a
668 complete update has been performed. The global variable
669 updated_window is not available here. */
672 XTframe_up_to_date (struct frame
*f
)
676 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (f
);
678 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
679 || f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
682 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
683 note_mouse_highlight (hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
,
684 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
,
685 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
);
686 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
693 /* Draw truncation mark bitmaps, continuation mark bitmaps, overlay
694 arrow bitmaps, or clear the fringes if no bitmaps are required
695 before DESIRED_ROW is made current. The window being updated is
696 found in updated_window. This function It is called from
697 update_window_line only if it is known that there are differences
698 between bitmaps to be drawn between current row and DESIRED_ROW. */
701 x_after_update_window_line (struct glyph_row
*desired_row
)
703 struct window
*w
= updated_window
;
709 if (!desired_row
->mode_line_p
&& !w
->pseudo_window_p
)
710 desired_row
->redraw_fringe_bitmaps_p
= 1;
712 /* When a window has disappeared, make sure that no rest of
713 full-width rows stays visible in the internal border. Could
714 check here if updated_window is the leftmost/rightmost window,
715 but I guess it's not worth doing since vertically split windows
716 are almost never used, internal border is rarely set, and the
717 overhead is very small. */
718 if (windows_or_buffers_changed
719 && desired_row
->full_width_p
720 && (f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
),
721 width
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
723 && (height
= desired_row
->visible_height
,
726 int y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, desired_row
->y
));
729 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
730 0, y
, width
, height
, False
);
731 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
732 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - width
,
733 y
, width
, height
, False
);
739 x_draw_fringe_bitmap (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, struct draw_fringe_bitmap_params
*p
)
741 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
742 Display
*display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
743 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
744 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
745 struct face
*face
= p
->face
;
747 /* Must clip because of partially visible lines. */
748 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, -1, gc
);
752 int bx
= p
->bx
, by
= p
->by
, nx
= p
->nx
, ny
= p
->ny
;
754 /* In case the same realized face is used for fringes and
755 for something displayed in the text (e.g. face `region' on
756 mono-displays, the fill style may have been changed to
757 FillSolid in x_draw_glyph_string_background. */
759 XSetFillStyle (display
, face
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
761 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->background
);
763 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
764 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
765 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
766 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
767 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
768 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
769 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
770 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
772 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
776 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
777 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
778 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
782 /* Bitmap fills the fringe. */
783 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== p
->x
)
784 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
785 else if (p
->x
+ p
->wd
== bar_area_x
)
789 int header_line_height
= WINDOW_HEADER_LINE_HEIGHT (w
);
791 nx
= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
792 by
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (header_line_height
,
794 ny
= row
->visible_height
;
799 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== bx
)
801 bx
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
802 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
804 else if (bx
+ nx
== bar_area_x
)
805 nx
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
810 if (bx
>= 0 && nx
> 0)
811 XFillRectangle (display
, window
, face
->gc
, bx
, by
, nx
, ny
);
814 XSetForeground (display
, face
->gc
, face
->foreground
);
820 Pixmap pixmap
, clipmask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
821 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
));
825 bits
= (char *) (p
->bits
+ p
->dh
);
827 bits
= (char *) p
->bits
+ p
->dh
;
829 /* Draw the bitmap. I believe these small pixmaps can be cached
831 pixmap
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
, window
, bits
, p
->wd
, p
->h
,
833 ? (p
->overlay_p
? face
->background
834 : f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
836 face
->background
, depth
);
840 clipmask
= XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (display
,
841 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
,
844 gcv
.clip_mask
= clipmask
;
845 gcv
.clip_x_origin
= p
->x
;
846 gcv
.clip_y_origin
= p
->y
;
847 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
, &gcv
);
850 XCopyArea (display
, pixmap
, window
, gc
, 0, 0,
851 p
->wd
, p
->h
, p
->x
, p
->y
);
852 XFreePixmap (display
, pixmap
);
856 gcv
.clip_mask
= (Pixmap
) 0;
857 XChangeGC (display
, gc
, GCClipMask
, &gcv
);
858 XFreePixmap (display
, clipmask
);
862 XSetClipMask (display
, gc
, None
);
867 /* This is called when starting Emacs and when restarting after
868 suspend. When starting Emacs, no X window is mapped. And nothing
869 must be done to Emacs's own window if it is suspended (though that
873 XTset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
877 /* This is called when exiting or suspending Emacs. Exiting will make
878 the X-windows go away, and suspending requires no action. */
881 XTreset_terminal_modes (struct terminal
*terminal
)
886 /***********************************************************************
888 ***********************************************************************/
892 static void x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*);
893 static void x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
894 static void x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*,
896 static void x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
897 static void x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
898 static void x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*);
899 static void x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
900 static _Noreturn
void x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*, int);
901 static void x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*);
902 static void x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
903 static void x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
904 static void x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*);
905 static bool x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*, Display
*, Colormap
,
906 unsigned long *, double, int);
907 static void x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*, struct relief
*,
908 double, int, unsigned long);
909 static void x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*);
910 static void x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*);
911 static void x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*);
912 static void x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*);
913 static void x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*, Pixmap
);
914 static void x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int,
916 static void x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*, int, int, int, int,
917 int, int, int, int, int, int,
919 static void x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*, int, int, int, int,
920 int, int, int, XRectangle
*);
921 static void x_scroll_bar_clear (struct frame
*);
924 static void x_check_font (struct frame
*, struct font
*);
928 /* Set S->gc to a suitable GC for drawing glyph string S in cursor
932 x_set_cursor_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
934 if (s
->font
== FRAME_FONT (s
->f
)
935 && s
->face
->background
== FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
936 && s
->face
->foreground
== FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (s
->f
)
938 s
->gc
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_gc
;
941 /* Cursor on non-default face: must merge. */
945 xgcv
.background
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
946 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
948 /* If the glyph would be invisible, try a different foreground. */
949 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
950 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
951 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
952 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
;
953 if (xgcv
.foreground
== xgcv
.background
)
954 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
956 /* Make sure the cursor is distinct from text in this face. */
957 if (xgcv
.background
== s
->face
->background
958 && xgcv
.foreground
== s
->face
->foreground
)
960 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->foreground
;
961 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->background
;
964 IF_DEBUG (x_check_font (s
->f
, s
->font
));
965 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
966 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
968 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
969 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
972 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
973 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
975 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
980 /* Set up S->gc of glyph string S for drawing text in mouse face. */
983 x_set_mouse_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
988 /* What face has to be used last for the mouse face? */
989 face_id
= MOUSE_HL_INFO (s
->f
)->mouse_face_face_id
;
990 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
992 face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, MOUSE_FACE_ID
);
994 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
995 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, s
->first_glyph
->u
.ch
, -1, Qnil
);
997 face_id
= FACE_FOR_CHAR (s
->f
, face
, 0, -1, Qnil
);
998 s
->face
= FACE_FROM_ID (s
->f
, face_id
);
999 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1001 if (s
->font
== s
->face
->font
)
1002 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1005 /* Otherwise construct scratch_cursor_gc with values from FACE
1010 xgcv
.background
= s
->face
->background
;
1011 xgcv
.foreground
= s
->face
->foreground
;
1012 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1013 mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1015 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
)
1016 XChangeGC (s
->display
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
,
1019 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
1020 = XCreateGC (s
->display
, s
->window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1022 s
->gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (s
->f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
1025 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1029 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S to a GC suitable for drawing a mode line.
1030 Faces to use in the mode line have already been computed when the
1031 matrix was built, so there isn't much to do, here. */
1034 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1036 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1040 /* Set S->gc of glyph string S for drawing that glyph string. Set
1041 S->stippled_p to a non-zero value if the face of S has a stipple
1045 x_set_glyph_string_gc (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1047 PREPARE_FACE_FOR_DISPLAY (s
->f
, s
->face
);
1049 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_NORMAL_TEXT
)
1051 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1052 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1054 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_INVERSE_VIDEO
)
1056 x_set_mode_line_face_gc (s
);
1057 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1059 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
1061 x_set_cursor_gc (s
);
1064 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
)
1066 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
1067 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1069 else if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
1070 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
1072 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1073 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1077 s
->gc
= s
->face
->gc
;
1078 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
1081 /* GC must have been set. */
1082 eassert (s
->gc
!= 0);
1086 /* Set clipping for output of glyph string S. S may be part of a mode
1087 line or menu if we don't have X toolkit support. */
1090 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1092 XRectangle
*r
= s
->clip
;
1093 int n
= get_glyph_string_clip_rects (s
, r
, 2);
1096 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, r
, n
, Unsorted
);
1101 /* Set SRC's clipping for output of glyph string DST. This is called
1102 when we are drawing DST's left_overhang or right_overhang only in
1106 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (struct glyph_string
*src
, struct glyph_string
*dst
)
1111 r
.width
= src
->width
;
1113 r
.height
= src
->height
;
1116 XSetClipRectangles (dst
->display
, dst
->gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
1121 Compute left and right overhang of glyph string S. */
1124 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1127 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
1128 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
1130 struct font_metrics metrics
;
1132 if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
1134 unsigned *code
= alloca (sizeof (unsigned) * s
->nchars
);
1135 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1138 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++)
1139 code
[i
] = (s
->char2b
[i
].byte1
<< 8) | s
->char2b
[i
].byte2
;
1140 font
->driver
->text_extents (font
, code
, s
->nchars
, &metrics
);
1144 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1146 composition_gstring_width (gstring
, s
->cmp_from
, s
->cmp_to
, &metrics
);
1148 s
->right_overhang
= (metrics
.rbearing
> metrics
.width
1149 ? metrics
.rbearing
- metrics
.width
: 0);
1150 s
->left_overhang
= metrics
.lbearing
< 0 ? - metrics
.lbearing
: 0;
1154 s
->right_overhang
= s
->cmp
->rbearing
- s
->cmp
->pixel_width
;
1155 s
->left_overhang
= - s
->cmp
->lbearing
;
1160 /* Fill rectangle X, Y, W, H with background color of glyph string S. */
1163 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
1166 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1167 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
1168 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
1169 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
1173 /* Draw the background of glyph_string S. If S->background_filled_p
1174 is non-zero don't draw it. FORCE_P non-zero means draw the
1175 background even if it wouldn't be drawn normally. This is used
1176 when a string preceding S draws into the background of S, or S
1177 contains the first component of a composition. */
1180 x_draw_glyph_string_background (struct glyph_string
*s
, int force_p
)
1182 /* Nothing to do if background has already been drawn or if it
1183 shouldn't be drawn in the first place. */
1184 if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
1186 int box_line_width
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
1190 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
1191 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
1192 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
,
1193 s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1194 s
->background_width
,
1195 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1196 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
1197 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1199 else if (FONT_HEIGHT (s
->font
) < s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
1200 || s
->font_not_found_p
1201 || s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
1204 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ box_line_width
,
1205 s
->background_width
,
1206 s
->height
- 2 * box_line_width
);
1207 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
1213 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S. */
1216 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1220 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1221 of S to the right of that box line. */
1222 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1223 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1224 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1228 /* Draw characters of S as rectangles if S's font could not be
1230 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1232 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; ++i
)
1234 struct glyph
*g
= s
->first_glyph
+ i
;
1235 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
,
1236 s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
, g
->pixel_width
- 1,
1238 x
+= g
->pixel_width
;
1243 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1244 int boff
= font
->baseline_offset
;
1247 if (font
->vertical_centering
)
1248 boff
= VCENTER_BASELINE_OFFSET (font
, s
->f
) - boff
;
1250 y
= s
->ybase
- boff
;
1252 || (s
->background_filled_p
&& s
->hl
!= DRAW_CURSOR
))
1253 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 0);
1255 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
, y
, 1);
1256 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1257 font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, s
->nchars
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1261 /* Draw the foreground of composite glyph string S. */
1264 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1267 struct font
*font
= s
->font
;
1269 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1270 of S to the right of that box line. */
1271 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1272 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1273 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1277 /* S is a glyph string for a composition. S->cmp_from is the index
1278 of the first character drawn for glyphs of this composition.
1279 S->cmp_from == 0 means we are drawing the very first character of
1280 this composition. */
1282 /* Draw a rectangle for the composition if the font for the very
1283 first character of the composition could not be loaded. */
1284 if (s
->font_not_found_p
)
1286 if (s
->cmp_from
== 0)
1287 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, s
->y
,
1288 s
->width
- 1, s
->height
- 1);
1290 else if (! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
)
1294 for (i
= 0, j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, j
++)
1295 /* TAB in a composition means display glyphs with padding
1296 space on the left or right. */
1297 if (COMPOSITION_GLYPH (s
->cmp
, j
) != '\t')
1299 int xx
= x
+ s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2];
1300 int yy
= y
- s
->cmp
->offsets
[j
* 2 + 1];
1302 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
, yy
, 0);
1303 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1304 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, j
+ 1, xx
+ 1, yy
, 0);
1309 Lisp_Object gstring
= composition_gstring_from_id (s
->cmp_id
);
1314 for (i
= j
= s
->cmp_from
; i
< s
->cmp_to
; i
++)
1316 glyph
= LGSTRING_GLYPH (gstring
, i
);
1317 if (NILP (LGLYPH_ADJUSTMENT (glyph
)))
1318 width
+= LGLYPH_WIDTH (glyph
);
1321 int xoff
, yoff
, wadjust
;
1325 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1326 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1327 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1330 xoff
= LGLYPH_XOFF (glyph
);
1331 yoff
= LGLYPH_YOFF (glyph
);
1332 wadjust
= LGLYPH_WADJUST (glyph
);
1333 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1334 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1335 font
->driver
->draw (s
, i
, i
+ 1, x
+ xoff
+ 1, y
+ yoff
, 0);
1343 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
, y
, 0);
1344 if (s
->face
->overstrike
)
1345 font
->driver
->draw (s
, j
, i
, x
+ 1, y
, 0);
1351 /* Draw the foreground of glyph string S for glyphless characters. */
1354 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1356 struct glyph
*glyph
= s
->first_glyph
;
1360 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing the text
1361 of S to the right of that box line. */
1362 if (s
->face
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
1363 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
)
1364 x
= s
->x
+ eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
1370 for (i
= 0; i
< s
->nchars
; i
++, glyph
++)
1372 char buf
[7], *str
= NULL
;
1373 int len
= glyph
->u
.glyphless
.len
;
1375 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_ACRONYM
)
1378 && CHAR_TABLE_P (Vglyphless_char_display
)
1379 && (CHAR_TABLE_EXTRA_SLOTS (XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
))
1383 = (! glyph
->u
.glyphless
.for_no_font
1384 ? CHAR_TABLE_REF (Vglyphless_char_display
,
1385 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
)
1386 : XCHAR_TABLE (Vglyphless_char_display
)->extras
[0]);
1387 if (STRINGP (acronym
))
1388 str
= SSDATA (acronym
);
1391 else if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
== GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_HEX_CODE
)
1393 sprintf ((char *) buf
, "%0*X",
1394 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
< 0x10000 ? 4 : 6,
1395 glyph
->u
.glyphless
.ch
);
1401 int upper_len
= (len
+ 1) / 2;
1404 /* It is assured that all LEN characters in STR is ASCII. */
1405 for (j
= 0; j
< len
; j
++)
1407 code
= s
->font
->driver
->encode_char (s
->font
, str
[j
]);
1408 STORE_XCHAR2B (char2b
+ j
, code
>> 8, code
& 0xFF);
1410 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, 0, upper_len
,
1411 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_xoff
,
1412 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.upper_yoff
,
1414 s
->font
->driver
->draw (s
, upper_len
, len
,
1415 x
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_xoff
,
1416 s
->ybase
+ glyph
->slice
.glyphless
.lower_yoff
,
1419 if (glyph
->u
.glyphless
.method
!= GLYPHLESS_DISPLAY_THIN_SPACE
)
1420 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
1421 x
, s
->ybase
- glyph
->ascent
,
1422 glyph
->pixel_width
- 1,
1423 glyph
->ascent
+ glyph
->descent
- 1);
1424 x
+= glyph
->pixel_width
;
1428 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
1430 static Boolean
cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*, XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*,
1431 XrmValue
*, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
*);
1432 static void cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext
, XrmValue
*, XtPointer
,
1433 XrmValue
*, Cardinal
*);
1437 /* Return the frame on which widget WIDGET is used.. Abort if frame
1438 cannot be determined. */
1440 static struct frame
*
1441 x_frame_of_widget (Widget widget
)
1443 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
1444 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
1447 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (XtDisplay (widget
));
1449 /* Find the top-level shell of the widget. Note that this function
1450 can be called when the widget is not yet realized, so XtWindow
1451 (widget) == 0. That's the reason we can't simply use
1452 x_any_window_to_frame. */
1453 while (!XtIsTopLevelShell (widget
))
1454 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
1456 /* Look for a frame with that top-level widget. Allocate the color
1457 on that frame to get the right gamma correction value. */
1458 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
1462 && f
->output_data
.nothing
!= 1
1463 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
1464 && f
->output_data
.x
->widget
== widget
)
1470 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1471 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1472 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1473 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1474 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1475 Value is true if successful. */
1478 x_alloc_lighter_color_for_widget (Widget widget
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
,
1479 unsigned long *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1481 struct frame
*f
= x_frame_of_widget (widget
);
1482 return x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, display
, cmap
, pixel
, factor
, delta
);
1485 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
1488 /* Structure specifying which arguments should be passed by Xt to
1489 cvt_string_to_pixel. We want the widget's screen and colormap. */
1491 static XtConvertArgRec cvt_string_to_pixel_args
[] =
1493 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.screen
),
1495 {XtWidgetBaseOffset
, (XtPointer
) XtOffset (Widget
, core
.colormap
),
1500 /* The address of this variable is returned by
1501 cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1503 static Pixel cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1506 /* Convert a color name to a pixel color.
1508 DPY is the display we are working on.
1510 ARGS is an array of *NARGS XrmValue structures holding additional
1511 information about the widget for which the conversion takes place.
1512 The contents of this array are determined by the specification
1513 in cvt_string_to_pixel_args.
1515 FROM is a pointer to an XrmValue which points to the color name to
1516 convert. TO is an XrmValue in which to return the pixel color.
1518 CLOSURE_RET is a pointer to user-data, in which we record if
1519 we allocated the color or not.
1521 Value is True if successful, False otherwise. */
1524 cvt_string_to_pixel (Display
*dpy
, XrmValue
*args
, Cardinal
*nargs
,
1525 XrmValue
*from
, XrmValue
*to
,
1526 XtPointer
*closure_ret
)
1536 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1537 "wrongParameters", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1539 "Screen and colormap args required", NULL
, NULL
);
1543 screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1544 cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1545 color_name
= (String
) from
->addr
;
1547 if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultBackground
) == 0)
1549 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1550 pixel
= WhitePixelOfScreen (screen
);
1552 else if (strcmp (color_name
, XtDefaultForeground
) == 0)
1554 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) False
;
1555 pixel
= BlackPixelOfScreen (screen
);
1557 else if (XParseColor (dpy
, cmap
, color_name
, &color
)
1558 && x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (dpy
, cmap
, &color
))
1560 pixel
= color
.pixel
;
1561 *closure_ret
= (XtPointer
) True
;
1566 Cardinal nparams
= 1;
1568 params
[0] = color_name
;
1569 XtAppWarningMsg (XtDisplayToApplicationContext (dpy
),
1570 "badValue", "cvt_string_to_pixel",
1571 "XtToolkitError", "Invalid color `%s'",
1576 if (to
->addr
!= NULL
)
1578 if (to
->size
< sizeof (Pixel
))
1580 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1584 *(Pixel
*) to
->addr
= pixel
;
1588 cvt_string_to_pixel_value
= pixel
;
1589 to
->addr
= (XtPointer
) &cvt_string_to_pixel_value
;
1592 to
->size
= sizeof (Pixel
);
1597 /* Free a pixel color which was previously allocated via
1598 cvt_string_to_pixel. This is registered as the destructor
1599 for this type of resource via XtSetTypeConverter.
1601 APP is the application context in which we work.
1603 TO is a pointer to an XrmValue holding the color to free.
1604 CLOSURE is the value we stored in CLOSURE_RET for this color
1605 in cvt_string_to_pixel.
1607 ARGS and NARGS are like for cvt_string_to_pixel. */
1610 cvt_pixel_dtor (XtAppContext app
, XrmValuePtr to
, XtPointer closure
, XrmValuePtr args
,
1615 XtAppWarningMsg (app
, "wrongParameters", "cvt_pixel_dtor",
1617 "Screen and colormap arguments required",
1620 else if (closure
!= NULL
)
1622 /* We did allocate the pixel, so free it. */
1623 Screen
*screen
= *(Screen
**) args
[0].addr
;
1624 Colormap cmap
= *(Colormap
*) args
[1].addr
;
1625 x_free_dpy_colors (DisplayOfScreen (screen
), screen
, cmap
,
1626 (Pixel
*) to
->addr
, 1);
1631 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
1634 /* Value is an array of XColor structures for the contents of the
1635 color map of display DPY. Set *NCELLS to the size of the array.
1636 Note that this probably shouldn't be called for large color maps,
1637 say a 24-bit TrueColor map. */
1639 static const XColor
*
1640 x_color_cells (Display
*dpy
, int *ncells
)
1642 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1644 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
== NULL
)
1646 Screen
*screen
= dpyinfo
->screen
;
1647 int ncolor_cells
= XDisplayCells (dpy
, XScreenNumberOfScreen (screen
));
1650 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= xnmalloc (ncolor_cells
,
1651 sizeof *dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1652 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= ncolor_cells
;
1654 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolor_cells
; ++i
)
1655 dpyinfo
->color_cells
[i
].pixel
= i
;
1657 XQueryColors (dpy
, dpyinfo
->cmap
,
1658 dpyinfo
->color_cells
, ncolor_cells
);
1661 *ncells
= dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
;
1662 return dpyinfo
->color_cells
;
1666 /* On frame F, translate pixel colors to RGB values for the NCOLORS
1667 colors in COLORS. Use cached information, if available. */
1670 x_query_colors (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*colors
, int ncolors
)
1672 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1674 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
)
1677 for (i
= 0; i
< ncolors
; ++i
)
1679 unsigned long pixel
= colors
[i
].pixel
;
1680 eassert (pixel
< dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
);
1681 eassert (dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
].pixel
== pixel
);
1682 colors
[i
] = dpyinfo
->color_cells
[pixel
];
1686 XQueryColors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), colors
, ncolors
);
1690 /* On frame F, translate pixel color to RGB values for the color in
1691 COLOR. Use cached information, if available. */
1694 x_query_color (struct frame
*f
, XColor
*color
)
1696 x_query_colors (f
, color
, 1);
1700 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on DISPLAY, colormap CMAP. If an
1701 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1702 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1706 x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (Display
*dpy
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1710 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1713 /* If we got to this point, the colormap is full, so we're going
1714 to try to get the next closest color. The algorithm used is
1715 a least-squares matching, which is what X uses for closest
1716 color matching with StaticColor visuals. */
1718 int max_color_delta
= 255;
1719 int max_delta
= 3 * max_color_delta
;
1720 int nearest_delta
= max_delta
+ 1;
1722 const XColor
*cells
= x_color_cells (dpy
, &ncells
);
1724 for (nearest
= i
= 0; i
< ncells
; ++i
)
1726 int dred
= (color
->red
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].red
>> 8);
1727 int dgreen
= (color
->green
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].green
>> 8);
1728 int dblue
= (color
->blue
>> 8) - (cells
[i
].blue
>> 8);
1729 int delta
= dred
* dred
+ dgreen
* dgreen
+ dblue
* dblue
;
1731 if (delta
< nearest_delta
)
1734 nearest_delta
= delta
;
1738 color
->red
= cells
[nearest
].red
;
1739 color
->green
= cells
[nearest
].green
;
1740 color
->blue
= cells
[nearest
].blue
;
1741 rc
= XAllocColor (dpy
, cmap
, color
) != 0;
1745 /* If allocation succeeded, and the allocated pixel color is not
1746 equal to a cached pixel color recorded earlier, there was a
1747 change in the colormap, so clear the color cache. */
1748 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
1749 XColor
*cached_color
;
1751 if (dpyinfo
->color_cells
1752 && (cached_color
= &dpyinfo
->color_cells
[color
->pixel
],
1753 (cached_color
->red
!= color
->red
1754 || cached_color
->blue
!= color
->blue
1755 || cached_color
->green
!= color
->green
)))
1757 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
1758 dpyinfo
->color_cells
= NULL
;
1759 dpyinfo
->ncolor_cells
= 0;
1763 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1765 register_color (color
->pixel
);
1766 #endif /* DEBUG_X_COLORS */
1772 /* Allocate the color COLOR->pixel on frame F, colormap CMAP. If an
1773 exact match can't be allocated, try the nearest color available.
1774 Value is true if successful. Set *COLOR to the color
1778 x_alloc_nearest_color (struct frame
*f
, Colormap cmap
, XColor
*color
)
1780 gamma_correct (f
, color
);
1781 return x_alloc_nearest_color_1 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), cmap
, color
);
1785 /* Allocate color PIXEL on frame F. PIXEL must already be allocated.
1786 It's necessary to do this instead of just using PIXEL directly to
1787 get color reference counts right. */
1790 x_copy_color (struct frame
*f
, long unsigned int pixel
)
1794 color
.pixel
= pixel
;
1796 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1797 XAllocColor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
), &color
);
1799 #ifdef DEBUG_X_COLORS
1800 register_color (pixel
);
1806 /* Brightness beyond which a color won't have its highlight brightness
1809 Nominally, highlight colors for `3d' faces are calculated by
1810 brightening an object's color by a constant scale factor, but this
1811 doesn't yield good results for dark colors, so for colors who's
1812 brightness is less than this value (on a scale of 0-65535) have an
1813 use an additional additive factor.
1815 The value here is set so that the default menu-bar/mode-line color
1816 (grey75) will not have its highlights changed at all. */
1817 #define HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT 48000
1820 /* Allocate a color which is lighter or darker than *PIXEL by FACTOR
1821 or DELTA. Try a color with RGB values multiplied by FACTOR first.
1822 If this produces the same color as PIXEL, try a color where all RGB
1823 values have DELTA added. Return the allocated color in *PIXEL.
1824 DISPLAY is the X display, CMAP is the colormap to operate on.
1825 Value is non-zero if successful. */
1828 x_alloc_lighter_color (struct frame
*f
, Display
*display
, Colormap cmap
, long unsigned int *pixel
, double factor
, int delta
)
1834 /* Get RGB color values. */
1835 color
.pixel
= *pixel
;
1836 x_query_color (f
, &color
);
1838 /* Change RGB values by specified FACTOR. Avoid overflow! */
1839 eassert (factor
>= 0);
1840 new.red
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.red
);
1841 new.green
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.green
);
1842 new.blue
= min (0xffff, factor
* color
.blue
);
1844 /* Calculate brightness of COLOR. */
1845 bright
= (2 * color
.red
+ 3 * color
.green
+ color
.blue
) / 6;
1847 /* We only boost colors that are darker than
1848 HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT. */
1849 if (bright
< HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
)
1850 /* Make an additive adjustment to NEW, because it's dark enough so
1851 that scaling by FACTOR alone isn't enough. */
1853 /* How far below the limit this color is (0 - 1, 1 being darker). */
1854 double dimness
= 1 - (double)bright
/ HIGHLIGHT_COLOR_DARK_BOOST_LIMIT
;
1855 /* The additive adjustment. */
1856 int min_delta
= delta
* dimness
* factor
/ 2;
1860 new.red
= max (0, new.red
- min_delta
);
1861 new.green
= max (0, new.green
- min_delta
);
1862 new.blue
= max (0, new.blue
- min_delta
);
1866 new.red
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.red
);
1867 new.green
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.green
);
1868 new.blue
= min (0xffff, min_delta
+ new.blue
);
1872 /* Try to allocate the color. */
1873 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1876 if (new.pixel
== *pixel
)
1878 /* If we end up with the same color as before, try adding
1879 delta to the RGB values. */
1880 x_free_colors (f
, &new.pixel
, 1);
1882 new.red
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.red
);
1883 new.green
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.green
);
1884 new.blue
= min (0xffff, delta
+ color
.blue
);
1885 success_p
= x_alloc_nearest_color (f
, cmap
, &new);
1896 /* Set up the foreground color for drawing relief lines of glyph
1897 string S. RELIEF is a pointer to a struct relief containing the GC
1898 with which lines will be drawn. Use a color that is FACTOR or
1899 DELTA lighter or darker than the relief's background which is found
1900 in S->f->output_data.x->relief_background. If such a color cannot
1901 be allocated, use DEFAULT_PIXEL, instead. */
1904 x_setup_relief_color (struct frame
*f
, struct relief
*relief
, double factor
, int delta
, long unsigned int default_pixel
)
1907 struct x_output
*di
= f
->output_data
.x
;
1908 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCLineWidth
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
1909 unsigned long pixel
;
1910 unsigned long background
= di
->relief_background
;
1911 Colormap cmap
= FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
);
1912 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
1913 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1915 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= False
;
1916 xgcv
.line_width
= 1;
1918 /* Free previously allocated color. The color cell will be reused
1919 when it has been freed as many times as it was allocated, so this
1920 doesn't affect faces using the same colors. */
1922 && relief
->allocated_p
)
1924 x_free_colors (f
, &relief
->pixel
, 1);
1925 relief
->allocated_p
= 0;
1928 /* Allocate new color. */
1929 xgcv
.foreground
= default_pixel
;
1931 if (dpyinfo
->n_planes
!= 1
1932 && x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, dpy
, cmap
, &pixel
, factor
, delta
))
1934 relief
->allocated_p
= 1;
1935 xgcv
.foreground
= relief
->pixel
= pixel
;
1938 if (relief
->gc
== 0)
1940 xgcv
.stipple
= dpyinfo
->gray
;
1942 relief
->gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), mask
, &xgcv
);
1945 XChangeGC (dpy
, relief
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
1949 /* Set up colors for the relief lines around glyph string S. */
1952 x_setup_relief_colors (struct glyph_string
*s
)
1954 struct x_output
*di
= s
->f
->output_data
.x
;
1955 unsigned long color
;
1957 if (s
->face
->use_box_color_for_shadows_p
)
1958 color
= s
->face
->box_color
;
1959 else if (s
->first_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
1961 && !IMAGE_BACKGROUND_TRANSPARENT (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0))
1962 color
= IMAGE_BACKGROUND (s
->img
, s
->f
, 0);
1967 /* Get the background color of the face. */
1968 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
1969 color
= xgcv
.background
;
1972 if (di
->white_relief
.gc
== 0
1973 || color
!= di
->relief_background
)
1975 di
->relief_background
= color
;
1976 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->white_relief
, 1.2, 0x8000,
1977 WHITE_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1978 x_setup_relief_color (s
->f
, &di
->black_relief
, 0.6, 0x4000,
1979 BLACK_PIX_DEFAULT (s
->f
));
1984 /* Draw a relief on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X,
1985 TOP_Y, RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the relief
1986 to draw, it must be >= 0. RAISED_P non-zero means draw a raised
1987 relief. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the left side of
1988 the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a relief on the right
1989 side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping rectangle to use
1993 x_draw_relief_rect (struct frame
*f
,
1994 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
1995 int raised_p
, int top_p
, int bot_p
, int left_p
, int right_p
,
1996 XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
1998 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
1999 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
2004 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2006 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2007 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2009 /* This code is more complicated than it has to be, because of two
2010 minor hacks to make the boxes look nicer: (i) if width > 1, draw
2011 the outermost line using the black relief. (ii) Omit the four
2018 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2019 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2020 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2022 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2023 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2024 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, top_y
+ i
,
2025 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, top_y
+ i
);
2032 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2034 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2035 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, left_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2037 for (i
= (width
> 1 ? 1 : 0); i
< width
; ++i
)
2038 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2039 left_x
+ i
, top_y
+ i
, left_x
+ i
, bottom_y
- i
+ 1);
2042 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2044 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.gc
;
2046 gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.gc
;
2047 XSetClipRectangles (dpy
, gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2051 /* Outermost top line. */
2053 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2054 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), top_y
,
2055 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), top_y
);
2057 /* Outermost left line. */
2059 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
, left_x
, top_y
+ 1, left_x
, bottom_y
);
2065 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2066 left_x
+ (left_p
? 1 : 0), bottom_y
,
2067 right_x
+ (right_p
? 0 : 1), bottom_y
);
2068 for (i
= 1; i
< width
; ++i
)
2069 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2070 left_x
+ i
* left_p
, bottom_y
- i
,
2071 right_x
+ 1 - i
* right_p
, bottom_y
- i
);
2077 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, top_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2078 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, right_x
, bottom_y
, 1, 1, False
);
2079 for (i
= 0; i
< width
; ++i
)
2080 XDrawLine (dpy
, window
, gc
,
2081 right_x
- i
, top_y
+ i
+ 1, right_x
- i
, bottom_y
- i
);
2084 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
2088 /* Draw a box on frame F inside the rectangle given by LEFT_X, TOP_Y,
2089 RIGHT_X, and BOTTOM_Y. WIDTH is the thickness of the lines to
2090 draw, it must be >= 0. LEFT_P non-zero means draw a line on the
2091 left side of the rectangle. RIGHT_P non-zero means draw a line
2092 on the right side of the rectangle. CLIP_RECT is the clipping
2093 rectangle to use when drawing. */
2096 x_draw_box_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
,
2097 int left_x
, int top_y
, int right_x
, int bottom_y
, int width
,
2098 int left_p
, int right_p
, XRectangle
*clip_rect
)
2102 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2103 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->box_color
);
2104 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
2107 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2108 left_x
, top_y
, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2112 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2113 left_x
, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2116 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2117 left_x
, bottom_y
- width
+ 1, right_x
- left_x
+ 1, width
);
2121 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2122 right_x
- width
+ 1, top_y
, width
, bottom_y
- top_y
+ 1);
2124 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2125 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2129 /* Draw a box around glyph string S. */
2132 x_draw_glyph_string_box (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2134 int width
, left_x
, right_x
, top_y
, bottom_y
, last_x
, raised_p
;
2135 int left_p
, right_p
;
2136 struct glyph
*last_glyph
;
2137 XRectangle clip_rect
;
2139 last_x
= ((s
->row
->full_width_p
&& !s
->w
->pseudo_window_p
)
2140 ? WINDOW_RIGHT_EDGE_X (s
->w
)
2141 : window_box_right (s
->w
, s
->area
));
2143 /* The glyph that may have a right box line. */
2144 last_glyph
= (s
->cmp
|| s
->img
2146 : s
->first_glyph
+ s
->nchars
- 1);
2148 width
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2149 raised_p
= s
->face
->box
== FACE_RAISED_BOX
;
2151 right_x
= (s
->row
->full_width_p
&& s
->extends_to_end_of_line_p
2153 : min (last_x
, s
->x
+ s
->background_width
) - 1);
2155 bottom_y
= top_y
+ s
->height
- 1;
2157 left_p
= (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2158 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2160 || s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2161 right_p
= (last_glyph
->right_box_line_p
2162 || (s
->hl
== DRAW_MOUSE_FACE
2164 || s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
)));
2166 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2168 if (s
->face
->box
== FACE_SIMPLE_BOX
)
2169 x_draw_box_rect (s
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
, width
,
2170 left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2173 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2174 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, left_x
, top_y
, right_x
, bottom_y
,
2175 width
, raised_p
, 1, 1, left_p
, right_p
, &clip_rect
);
2180 /* Draw foreground of image glyph string S. */
2183 x_draw_image_foreground (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2186 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2188 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2189 right of that line. */
2190 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2191 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2193 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2195 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2197 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2198 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2199 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2200 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2206 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2207 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2208 trust on the shape extension to be available
2209 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2211 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2214 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2216 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2217 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
;
2218 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
;
2219 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2220 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2222 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2225 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2226 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2227 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2228 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2229 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2230 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2234 XRectangle clip_rect
, image_rect
, r
;
2236 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &clip_rect
);
2239 image_rect
.width
= s
->slice
.width
;
2240 image_rect
.height
= s
->slice
.height
;
2241 if (x_intersect_rectangles (&clip_rect
, &image_rect
, &r
))
2242 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2243 s
->slice
.x
+ r
.x
- x
, s
->slice
.y
+ r
.y
- y
,
2244 r
.width
, r
.height
, r
.x
, r
.y
);
2246 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2247 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2248 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2249 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2250 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2251 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2252 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2254 int relief
= s
->img
->relief
;
2255 if (relief
< 0) relief
= -relief
;
2256 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2257 x
- relief
, y
- relief
,
2258 s
->slice
.width
+ relief
*2 - 1,
2259 s
->slice
.height
+ relief
*2 - 1);
2264 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2265 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2266 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2270 /* Draw a relief around the image glyph string S. */
2273 x_draw_image_relief (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2275 int x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
;
2276 int extra_x
, extra_y
;
2279 int y
= s
->ybase
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2281 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2282 right of that line. */
2283 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2284 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2286 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2288 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2290 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2291 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2292 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2293 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2295 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
2296 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
)
2298 thick
= tool_bar_button_relief
>= 0 ? tool_bar_button_relief
: DEFAULT_TOOL_BAR_BUTTON_RELIEF
;
2299 raised_p
= s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
;
2303 thick
= eabs (s
->img
->relief
);
2304 raised_p
= s
->img
->relief
> 0;
2307 extra_x
= extra_y
= 0;
2308 if (s
->face
->id
== TOOL_BAR_FACE_ID
)
2310 if (CONSP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)
2311 && INTEGERP (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2312 && INTEGERP (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
)))
2314 extra_x
= XINT (XCAR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2315 extra_y
= XINT (XCDR (Vtool_bar_button_margin
));
2317 else if (INTEGERP (Vtool_bar_button_margin
))
2318 extra_x
= extra_y
= XINT (Vtool_bar_button_margin
);
2321 x0
= x
- thick
- extra_x
;
2322 y0
= y
- thick
- extra_y
;
2323 x1
= x
+ s
->slice
.width
+ thick
- 1 + extra_x
;
2324 y1
= y
+ s
->slice
.height
+ thick
- 1 + extra_y
;
2326 x_setup_relief_colors (s
);
2327 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2328 x_draw_relief_rect (s
->f
, x0
, y0
, x1
, y1
, thick
, raised_p
,
2330 s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
== s
->img
->height
,
2332 s
->slice
.x
+ s
->slice
.width
== s
->img
->width
,
2337 /* Draw the foreground of image glyph string S to PIXMAP. */
2340 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (struct glyph_string
*s
, Pixmap pixmap
)
2343 int y
= s
->ybase
- s
->y
- image_ascent (s
->img
, s
->face
, &s
->slice
);
2345 /* If first glyph of S has a left box line, start drawing it to the
2346 right of that line. */
2347 if (s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2348 && s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2350 x
+= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2352 /* If there is a margin around the image, adjust x- and y-position
2354 if (s
->slice
.x
== 0)
2355 x
+= s
->img
->hmargin
;
2356 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2357 y
+= s
->img
->vmargin
;
2363 /* We can't set both a clip mask and use XSetClipRectangles
2364 because the latter also sets a clip mask. We also can't
2365 trust on the shape extension to be available
2366 (XShapeCombineRegion). So, compute the rectangle to draw
2368 unsigned long mask
= (GCClipMask
| GCClipXOrigin
| GCClipYOrigin
2372 xgcv
.clip_mask
= s
->img
->mask
;
2373 xgcv
.clip_x_origin
= x
- s
->slice
.x
;
2374 xgcv
.clip_y_origin
= y
- s
->slice
.y
;
2375 xgcv
.function
= GXcopy
;
2376 XChangeGC (s
->display
, s
->gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
2378 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2379 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2380 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2381 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2385 XCopyArea (s
->display
, s
->img
->pixmap
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2386 s
->slice
.x
, s
->slice
.y
,
2387 s
->slice
.width
, s
->slice
.height
, x
, y
);
2389 /* When the image has a mask, we can expect that at
2390 least part of a mouse highlight or a block cursor will
2391 be visible. If the image doesn't have a mask, make
2392 a block cursor visible by drawing a rectangle around
2393 the image. I believe it's looking better if we do
2394 nothing here for mouse-face. */
2395 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
)
2397 int r
= s
->img
->relief
;
2399 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
- r
, y
- r
,
2400 s
->slice
.width
+ r
*2 - 1,
2401 s
->slice
.height
+ r
*2 - 1);
2406 /* Draw a rectangle if image could not be loaded. */
2407 XDrawRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
, x
, y
,
2408 s
->slice
.width
- 1, s
->slice
.height
- 1);
2412 /* Draw part of the background of glyph string S. X, Y, W, and H
2413 give the rectangle to draw. */
2416 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (struct glyph_string
*s
, int x
, int y
, int w
, int h
)
2420 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2421 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2422 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2423 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2426 x_clear_glyph_string_rect (s
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2430 /* Draw image glyph string S.
2433 s->x +-------------------------
2436 | +-------------------------
2439 | | +-------------------
2445 x_draw_image_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2447 int box_line_hwidth
= eabs (s
->face
->box_line_width
);
2448 int box_line_vwidth
= max (s
->face
->box_line_width
, 0);
2450 Pixmap pixmap
= None
;
2453 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2454 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2455 if (s
->slice
.y
+ s
->slice
.height
>= s
->img
->height
)
2456 height
-= box_line_vwidth
;
2458 /* Fill background with face under the image. Do it only if row is
2459 taller than image or if image has a clip mask to reduce
2461 s
->stippled_p
= s
->face
->stipple
!= 0;
2462 if (height
> s
->slice
.height
2466 || s
->img
->pixmap
== 0
2467 || s
->width
!= s
->background_width
)
2471 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. Fill it
2472 with the background color. Copy the image to it, using
2473 its mask. Copy the temporary pixmap to the display. */
2474 Screen
*screen
= FRAME_X_SCREEN (s
->f
);
2475 int depth
= DefaultDepthOfScreen (screen
);
2477 /* Create a pixmap as large as the glyph string. */
2478 pixmap
= XCreatePixmap (s
->display
, s
->window
,
2479 s
->background_width
,
2482 /* Don't clip in the following because we're working on the
2484 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2486 /* Fill the pixmap with the background color/stipple. */
2489 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2490 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2491 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, - s
->x
, - s
->y
);
2492 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2493 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2494 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, s
->gc
, FillSolid
);
2495 XSetTSOrigin (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0);
2500 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
,
2502 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2503 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->gc
,
2504 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
);
2505 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2513 if (s
->first_glyph
->left_box_line_p
2515 x
+= box_line_hwidth
;
2517 if (s
->slice
.y
== 0)
2518 y
+= box_line_vwidth
;
2520 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, y
, s
->background_width
, height
);
2523 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2526 /* Draw the foreground. */
2529 x_draw_image_foreground_1 (s
, pixmap
);
2530 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2531 XCopyArea (s
->display
, pixmap
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2532 0, 0, s
->background_width
, s
->height
, s
->x
, s
->y
);
2533 XFreePixmap (s
->display
, pixmap
);
2536 x_draw_image_foreground (s
);
2538 /* If we must draw a relief around the image, do it. */
2540 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_RAISED
2541 || s
->hl
== DRAW_IMAGE_SUNKEN
)
2542 x_draw_image_relief (s
);
2546 /* Draw stretch glyph string S. */
2549 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2551 eassert (s
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
);
2553 if (s
->hl
== DRAW_CURSOR
2554 && !x_stretch_cursor_p
)
2556 /* If `x-stretch-cursor' is nil, don't draw a block cursor as
2557 wide as the stretch glyph. */
2558 int width
, background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2561 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2563 int left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2567 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2573 /* In R2L rows, draw the cursor on the right edge of the
2575 int right_x
= window_box_right_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2577 if (x
+ background_width
> right_x
)
2578 background_width
-= x
- right_x
;
2579 x
+= background_width
;
2581 width
= min (FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (s
->f
), background_width
);
2582 if (s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2586 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, width
, s
->height
);
2588 /* Clear rest using the GC of the original non-cursor face. */
2589 if (width
< background_width
)
2592 int w
= background_width
- width
, h
= s
->height
;
2596 if (!s
->row
->reversed_p
)
2600 if (s
->row
->mouse_face_p
2601 && cursor_in_mouse_face_p (s
->w
))
2603 x_set_mouse_face_gc (s
);
2609 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &r
);
2610 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, gc
, 0, 0, &r
, 1, Unsorted
);
2612 if (s
->face
->stipple
)
2614 /* Fill background with a stipple pattern. */
2615 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillOpaqueStippled
);
2616 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2617 XSetFillStyle (s
->display
, gc
, FillSolid
);
2622 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, gc
, GCForeground
| GCBackground
, &xgcv
);
2623 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.background
);
2624 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, gc
, x
, y
, w
, h
);
2625 XSetForeground (s
->display
, gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2629 else if (!s
->background_filled_p
)
2631 int background_width
= s
->background_width
;
2632 int x
= s
->x
, left_x
= window_box_left_offset (s
->w
, TEXT_AREA
);
2634 /* Don't draw into left margin, fringe or scrollbar area
2635 except for header line and mode line. */
2636 if (x
< left_x
&& !s
->row
->mode_line_p
)
2638 background_width
-= left_x
- x
;
2641 if (background_width
> 0)
2642 x_draw_glyph_string_bg_rect (s
, x
, s
->y
, background_width
, s
->height
);
2645 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2649 Draw a wavy line under S. The wave fills wave_height pixels from y0.
2655 wave_height = 3 | * * * *
2660 x_draw_underwave (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2662 int wave_height
= 2, wave_length
= 3;
2663 int dx
, dy
, x0
, y0
, width
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
, odd
, xmax
;
2664 XRectangle wave_clip
, string_clip
, final_clip
;
2667 dy
= wave_height
- 1;
2673 /* Find and set clipping rectangle */
2675 wave_clip
= (XRectangle
){ x0
, y0
, width
, wave_height
};
2676 get_glyph_string_clip_rect (s
, &string_clip
);
2678 if (!x_intersect_rectangles (&wave_clip
, &string_clip
, &final_clip
))
2681 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, &final_clip
, 1, Unsorted
);
2683 /* Draw the waves */
2685 x1
= x0
- (x0
% dx
);
2695 if (INT_MAX
- dx
< xmax
)
2700 XDrawLine (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, x1
, y1
, x2
, y2
);
2702 x2
+= dx
, y2
= y0
+ odd
*dy
;
2706 /* Restore previous clipping rectangle(s) */
2707 XSetClipRectangles (s
->display
, s
->gc
, 0, 0, s
->clip
, s
->num_clips
, Unsorted
);
2711 /* Draw glyph string S. */
2714 x_draw_glyph_string (struct glyph_string
*s
)
2716 int relief_drawn_p
= 0;
2718 /* If S draws into the background of its successors, draw the
2719 background of the successors first so that S can draw into it.
2720 This makes S->next use XDrawString instead of XDrawImageString. */
2721 if (s
->next
&& s
->right_overhang
&& !s
->for_overlaps
)
2724 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2726 for (width
= 0, next
= s
->next
;
2727 next
&& width
< s
->right_overhang
;
2728 width
+= next
->width
, next
= next
->next
)
2729 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
!= IMAGE_GLYPH
)
2731 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2732 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (next
);
2733 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== STRETCH_GLYPH
)
2734 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (next
);
2736 x_draw_glyph_string_background (next
, 1);
2737 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2741 /* Set up S->gc, set clipping and draw S. */
2742 x_set_glyph_string_gc (s
);
2744 /* Draw relief (if any) in advance for char/composition so that the
2745 glyph string can be drawn over it. */
2746 if (!s
->for_overlaps
2747 && s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
2748 && (s
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
2749 || s
->first_glyph
->type
== COMPOSITE_GLYPH
))
2752 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2753 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2754 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2755 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2758 else if (!s
->clip_head
/* draw_glyphs didn't specify a clip mask. */
2760 && ((s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->left_overhang
)
2761 || (s
->next
&& s
->next
->hl
!= s
->hl
&& s
->right_overhang
)))
2762 /* We must clip just this glyph. left_overhang part has already
2763 drawn when s->prev was drawn, and right_overhang part will be
2764 drawn later when s->next is drawn. */
2765 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, s
);
2767 x_set_glyph_string_clipping (s
);
2769 switch (s
->first_glyph
->type
)
2772 x_draw_image_glyph_string (s
);
2774 #ifdef HAVE_XWIDGETS
2776 //erase xwidget background
2777 //x_draw_glyph_string_background (s, 0);
2778 x_draw_xwidget_glyph_string (s
);
2782 x_draw_stretch_glyph_string (s
);
2786 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2787 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2789 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 0);
2790 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2793 case COMPOSITE_GLYPH
:
2794 if (s
->for_overlaps
|| (s
->cmp_from
> 0
2795 && ! s
->first_glyph
->u
.cmp
.automatic
))
2796 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2798 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2799 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2802 case GLYPHLESS_GLYPH
:
2803 if (s
->for_overlaps
)
2804 s
->background_filled_p
= 1;
2806 x_draw_glyph_string_background (s
, 1);
2807 x_draw_glyphless_glyph_string_foreground (s
);
2814 if (!s
->for_overlaps
)
2816 /* Draw underline. */
2817 if (s
->face
->underline_p
)
2819 if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_WAVE
)
2821 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2822 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2826 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2827 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2828 x_draw_underwave (s
);
2829 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2832 else if (s
->face
->underline_type
== FACE_UNDER_LINE
)
2834 unsigned long thickness
, position
;
2837 if (s
->prev
&& s
->prev
->face
->underline_p
)
2839 /* We use the same underline style as the previous one. */
2840 thickness
= s
->prev
->underline_thickness
;
2841 position
= s
->prev
->underline_position
;
2845 /* Get the underline thickness. Default is 1 pixel. */
2846 if (s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_thickness
> 0)
2847 thickness
= s
->font
->underline_thickness
;
2850 if (x_underline_at_descent_line
)
2851 position
= (s
->height
- thickness
) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2854 /* Get the underline position. This is the recommended
2855 vertical offset in pixels from the baseline to the top of
2856 the underline. This is a signed value according to the
2857 specs, and its default is
2859 ROUND ((maximum descent) / 2), with
2860 ROUND(x) = floor (x + 0.5) */
2862 if (x_use_underline_position_properties
2863 && s
->font
&& s
->font
->underline_position
>= 0)
2864 position
= s
->font
->underline_position
;
2866 position
= (s
->font
->descent
+ 1) / 2;
2868 position
= underline_minimum_offset
;
2870 position
= max (position
, underline_minimum_offset
);
2872 /* Check the sanity of thickness and position. We should
2873 avoid drawing underline out of the current line area. */
2874 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
<= s
->ybase
+ position
)
2875 position
= (s
->height
- 1) - (s
->ybase
- s
->y
);
2876 if (s
->y
+ s
->height
< s
->ybase
+ position
+ thickness
)
2877 thickness
= (s
->y
+ s
->height
) - (s
->ybase
+ position
);
2878 s
->underline_thickness
= thickness
;
2879 s
->underline_position
= position
;
2880 y
= s
->ybase
+ position
;
2881 if (s
->face
->underline_defaulted_p
)
2882 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2883 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2887 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2888 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->underline_color
);
2889 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
,
2890 s
->x
, y
, s
->width
, thickness
);
2891 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2895 /* Draw overline. */
2896 if (s
->face
->overline_p
)
2898 unsigned long dy
= 0, h
= 1;
2900 if (s
->face
->overline_color_defaulted_p
)
2901 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2906 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2907 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->overline_color
);
2908 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2910 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2914 /* Draw strike-through. */
2915 if (s
->face
->strike_through_p
)
2917 unsigned long h
= 1;
2918 unsigned long dy
= (s
->height
- h
) / 2;
2920 if (s
->face
->strike_through_color_defaulted_p
)
2921 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2926 XGetGCValues (s
->display
, s
->gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
2927 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, s
->face
->strike_through_color
);
2928 XFillRectangle (s
->display
, s
->window
, s
->gc
, s
->x
, s
->y
+ dy
,
2930 XSetForeground (s
->display
, s
->gc
, xgcv
.foreground
);
2934 /* Draw relief if not yet drawn. */
2935 if (!relief_drawn_p
&& s
->face
->box
!= FACE_NO_BOX
)
2936 x_draw_glyph_string_box (s
);
2940 struct glyph_string
*prev
;
2942 for (prev
= s
->prev
; prev
; prev
= prev
->prev
)
2943 if (prev
->hl
!= s
->hl
2944 && prev
->x
+ prev
->width
+ prev
->right_overhang
> s
->x
)
2946 /* As prev was drawn while clipped to its own area, we
2947 must draw the right_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2948 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= prev
->hl
;
2951 x_set_glyph_string_gc (prev
);
2952 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, prev
);
2953 if (prev
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2954 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2956 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (prev
);
2957 XSetClipMask (prev
->display
, prev
->gc
, None
);
2959 prev
->num_clips
= 0;
2965 struct glyph_string
*next
;
2967 for (next
= s
->next
; next
; next
= next
->next
)
2968 if (next
->hl
!= s
->hl
2969 && next
->x
- next
->left_overhang
< s
->x
+ s
->width
)
2971 /* As next will be drawn while clipped to its own area,
2972 we must draw the left_overhang part using s->hl now. */
2973 enum draw_glyphs_face save
= next
->hl
;
2976 x_set_glyph_string_gc (next
);
2977 x_set_glyph_string_clipping_exactly (s
, next
);
2978 if (next
->first_glyph
->type
== CHAR_GLYPH
)
2979 x_draw_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2981 x_draw_composite_glyph_string_foreground (next
);
2982 XSetClipMask (next
->display
, next
->gc
, None
);
2984 next
->num_clips
= 0;
2985 next
->clip_head
= s
->next
;
2990 /* Reset clipping. */
2991 XSetClipMask (s
->display
, s
->gc
, None
);
2995 /* Shift display to make room for inserted glyphs. */
2998 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int shift_by
)
3000 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3001 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3002 x
, y
, width
, height
,
3006 /* Delete N glyphs at the nominal cursor position. Not implemented
3010 x_delete_glyphs (struct frame
*f
, register int n
)
3016 /* Like XClearArea, but check that WIDTH and HEIGHT are reasonable.
3017 If they are <= 0, this is probably an error. */
3020 x_clear_area (Display
*dpy
, Window window
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
, int exposures
)
3022 eassert (width
> 0 && height
> 0);
3023 XClearArea (dpy
, window
, x
, y
, width
, height
, exposures
);
3027 /* Clear an entire frame. */
3030 x_clear_frame (struct frame
*f
)
3032 /* Clearing the frame will erase any cursor, so mark them all as no
3034 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (FRAME_ROOT_WINDOW (f
)));
3035 output_cursor
.hpos
= output_cursor
.vpos
= 0;
3036 output_cursor
.x
= -1;
3038 /* We don't set the output cursor here because there will always
3039 follow an explicit cursor_to. */
3042 XClearWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
3044 /* We have to clear the scroll bars. If we have changed colors or
3045 something like that, then they should be notified. */
3046 x_scroll_bar_clear (f
);
3048 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
3049 /* Make sure scroll bars are redrawn. As they aren't redrawn by
3050 redisplay, do it here. */
3051 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
3052 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3055 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3062 /* Invert the middle quarter of the frame for .15 sec. */
3065 XTflash (struct frame
*f
)
3071 /* Use Gdk routines to draw. This way, we won't draw over scroll bars
3072 when the scroll bars and the edit widget share the same X window. */
3073 GdkWindow
*window
= gtk_widget_get_window (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
3075 cairo_t
*cr
= gdk_cairo_create (window
);
3076 cairo_set_source_rgb (cr
, 1, 1, 1);
3077 cairo_set_operator (cr
, CAIRO_OPERATOR_DIFFERENCE
);
3078 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3080 cairo_rectangle (cr, x, y, w, h); \
3084 #else /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3087 vals
.foreground
.pixel
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3088 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3089 vals
.function
= GDK_XOR
;
3090 gc
= gdk_gc_new_with_values (window
,
3091 &vals
, GDK_GC_FUNCTION
| GDK_GC_FOREGROUND
);
3092 #define XFillRectangle(d, win, gc, x, y, w, h) \
3093 gdk_draw_rectangle (window, gc, TRUE, x, y, w, h)
3094 #endif /* ! HAVE_GTK3 */
3095 #else /* ! USE_GTK */
3098 /* Create a GC that will use the GXxor function to flip foreground
3099 pixels into background pixels. */
3103 values
.function
= GXxor
;
3104 values
.foreground
= (FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
)
3105 ^ FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
3107 gc
= XCreateGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3108 GCFunction
| GCForeground
, &values
);
3112 /* Get the height not including a menu bar widget. */
3113 int height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, FRAME_LINES (f
));
3114 /* Height of each line to flash. */
3115 int flash_height
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
3116 /* These will be the left and right margins of the rectangles. */
3117 int flash_left
= FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3118 int flash_right
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
);
3122 /* Don't flash the area between a scroll bar and the frame
3123 edge it is next to. */
3124 switch (FRAME_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TYPE (f
))
3126 case vertical_scroll_bar_left
:
3127 flash_left
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3130 case vertical_scroll_bar_right
:
3131 flash_right
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
3138 width
= flash_right
- flash_left
;
3140 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3141 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3143 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3145 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3146 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3147 width
, flash_height
);
3148 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3150 (height
- flash_height
3151 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3152 width
, flash_height
);
3156 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3157 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3158 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3159 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3164 EMACS_TIME delay
= make_emacs_time (0, 150 * 1000 * 1000);
3165 EMACS_TIME wakeup
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), delay
);
3167 /* Keep waiting until past the time wakeup or any input gets
3169 while (! detect_input_pending ())
3171 EMACS_TIME current
= current_emacs_time ();
3174 /* Break if result would not be positive. */
3175 if (EMACS_TIME_LE (wakeup
, current
))
3178 /* How long `select' should wait. */
3179 timeout
= make_emacs_time (0, 10 * 1000 * 1000);
3181 /* Try to wait that long--but we might wake up sooner. */
3182 pselect (0, NULL
, NULL
, NULL
, &timeout
, NULL
);
3186 /* If window is tall, flash top and bottom line. */
3187 if (height
> 3 * FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
))
3189 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3191 (FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)
3192 + FRAME_TOP_MARGIN_HEIGHT (f
)),
3193 width
, flash_height
);
3194 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3196 (height
- flash_height
3197 - FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
)),
3198 width
, flash_height
);
3201 /* If it is short, flash it all. */
3202 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
,
3203 flash_left
, FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
),
3204 width
, height
- 2 * FRAME_INTERNAL_BORDER_WIDTH (f
));
3210 g_object_unref (G_OBJECT (gc
));
3212 #undef XFillRectangle
3214 XFreeGC (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
);
3225 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (FRAME_PTR f
, int invisible
)
3230 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
!= 0)
3231 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3232 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->invisible_cursor
);
3235 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3236 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
);
3237 f
->pointer_invisible
= invisible
;
3242 /* Make audible bell. */
3245 XTring_bell (struct frame
*f
)
3247 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))
3254 XBell (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), 0);
3255 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3262 /* Specify how many text lines, from the top of the window,
3263 should be affected by insert-lines and delete-lines operations.
3264 This, and those operations, are used only within an update
3265 that is bounded by calls to x_update_begin and x_update_end. */
3268 XTset_terminal_window (struct frame
*f
, int n
)
3270 /* This function intentionally left blank. */
3275 /***********************************************************************
3277 ***********************************************************************/
3279 /* Perform an insert-lines or delete-lines operation, inserting N
3280 lines or deleting -N lines at vertical position VPOS. */
3283 x_ins_del_lines (struct frame
*f
, int vpos
, int n
)
3289 /* Scroll part of the display as described by RUN. */
3292 x_scroll_run (struct window
*w
, struct run
*run
)
3294 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
3295 int x
, y
, width
, height
, from_y
, to_y
, bottom_y
;
3297 /* Get frame-relative bounding box of the text display area of W,
3298 without mode lines. Include in this box the left and right
3300 window_box (w
, -1, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
);
3302 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
3303 /* If the fringe is adjacent to the left (right) scroll bar of a
3304 leftmost (rightmost, respectively) window, then extend its
3305 background to the gap between the fringe and the bar. */
3306 if ((WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
3307 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
3308 || (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
3309 && WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
)))
3311 int sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
3315 int bar_area_x
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
3316 int bar_area_width
= (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
)
3317 * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
3319 if (bar_area_x
+ bar_area_width
== x
)
3321 x
= bar_area_x
+ sb_width
;
3322 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3324 else if (x
+ width
== bar_area_x
)
3325 width
+= bar_area_width
- sb_width
;
3330 from_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->current_y
);
3331 to_y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, run
->desired_y
);
3332 bottom_y
= y
+ height
;
3336 /* Scrolling up. Make sure we don't copy part of the mode
3337 line at the bottom. */
3338 if (from_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3339 height
= bottom_y
- from_y
;
3341 height
= run
->height
;
3345 /* Scrolling down. Make sure we don't copy over the mode line.
3347 if (to_y
+ run
->height
> bottom_y
)
3348 height
= bottom_y
- to_y
;
3350 height
= run
->height
;
3355 /* Cursor off. Will be switched on again in x_update_window_end. */
3359 XCopyArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
3360 FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3361 f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
,
3371 /***********************************************************************
3373 ***********************************************************************/
3377 frame_highlight (struct frame
*f
)
3379 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3380 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3381 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3382 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3384 /* I recently started to get errors in this XSetWindowBorder, depending on
3385 the window-manager in use, tho something more is at play since I've been
3386 using that same window-manager binary for ever. Let's not crash just
3387 because of this (bug#9310). */
3388 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3389 XSetWindowBorder (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3390 f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
3391 x_uncatch_errors ();
3393 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3394 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3398 frame_unhighlight (struct frame
*f
)
3400 /* We used to only do this if Vx_no_window_manager was non-nil, but
3401 the ICCCM (section 4.1.6) says that the window's border pixmap
3402 and border pixel are window attributes which are "private to the
3403 client", so we can always change it to whatever we want. */
3405 /* Same as above for XSetWindowBorder (bug#9310). */
3406 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
3407 XSetWindowBorderPixmap (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
3408 f
->output_data
.x
->border_tile
);
3409 x_uncatch_errors ();
3411 x_update_cursor (f
, 1);
3412 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
3415 /* The focus has changed. Update the frames as necessary to reflect
3416 the new situation. Note that we can't change the selected frame
3417 here, because the Lisp code we are interrupting might become confused.
3418 Each event gets marked with the frame in which it occurred, so the
3419 Lisp code can tell when the switch took place by examining the events. */
3422 x_new_focus_frame (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
)
3424 struct frame
*old_focus
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3426 if (frame
!= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3428 /* Set this before calling other routines, so that they see
3429 the correct value of x_focus_frame. */
3430 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= frame
;
3432 if (old_focus
&& old_focus
->auto_lower
)
3433 x_lower_frame (old_focus
);
3435 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
&& dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
->auto_raise
)
3436 pending_autoraise_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3438 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
3441 x_frame_rehighlight (dpyinfo
);
3444 /* Handle FocusIn and FocusOut state changes for FRAME.
3445 If FRAME has focus and there exists more than one frame, puts
3446 a FOCUS_IN_EVENT into *BUFP. */
3449 x_focus_changed (int type
, int state
, struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, struct frame
*frame
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3451 if (type
== FocusIn
)
3453 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
!= frame
)
3455 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, frame
);
3456 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= frame
;
3458 /* Don't stop displaying the initial startup message
3459 for a switch-frame event we don't need. */
3460 /* When run as a daemon, Vterminal_frame is always NIL. */
3461 if ((NILP (Vterminal_frame
) || EQ (Fdaemonp(), Qt
))
3462 && CONSP (Vframe_list
)
3463 && !NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
3465 bufp
->kind
= FOCUS_IN_EVENT
;
3466 XSETFRAME (bufp
->frame_or_window
, frame
);
3470 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
|= state
;
3473 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3474 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3477 else if (type
== FocusOut
)
3479 frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
&= ~state
;
3481 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
== frame
)
3483 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
3484 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, 0);
3488 if (FRAME_XIC (frame
))
3489 XUnsetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (frame
));
3491 if (frame
->pointer_invisible
)
3492 XTtoggle_invisible_pointer (frame
, 0);
3496 /* The focus may have changed. Figure out if it is a real focus change,
3497 by checking both FocusIn/Out and Enter/LeaveNotify events.
3499 Returns FOCUS_IN_EVENT event in *BUFP. */
3502 x_detect_focus_change (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*bufp
)
3504 struct frame
*frame
;
3506 frame
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
->xany
.window
);
3510 switch (event
->type
)
3515 struct frame
*focus_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
;
3517 = focus_frame
? focus_frame
->output_data
.x
->focus_state
: 0;
3519 if (event
->xcrossing
.detail
!= NotifyInferior
3520 && event
->xcrossing
.focus
3521 && ! (focus_state
& FOCUS_EXPLICIT
))
3522 x_focus_changed ((event
->type
== EnterNotify
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3524 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3530 x_focus_changed (event
->type
,
3531 (event
->xfocus
.detail
== NotifyPointer
?
3532 FOCUS_IMPLICIT
: FOCUS_EXPLICIT
),
3533 dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3537 if (event
->xclient
.message_type
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
3539 enum xembed_message msg
= event
->xclient
.data
.l
[1];
3540 x_focus_changed ((msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
? FocusIn
: FocusOut
),
3541 FOCUS_EXPLICIT
, dpyinfo
, frame
, bufp
);
3548 #if defined HAVE_MENUS && !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
3549 /* Handle an event saying the mouse has moved out of an Emacs frame. */
3552 x_mouse_leave (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3554 x_new_focus_frame (dpyinfo
, dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
);
3558 /* The focus has changed, or we have redirected a frame's focus to
3559 another frame (this happens when a frame uses a surrogate
3560 mini-buffer frame). Shift the highlight as appropriate.
3562 The FRAME argument doesn't necessarily have anything to do with which
3563 frame is being highlighted or un-highlighted; we only use it to find
3564 the appropriate X display info. */
3567 XTframe_rehighlight (struct frame
*frame
)
3569 x_frame_rehighlight (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (frame
));
3573 x_frame_rehighlight (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3575 struct frame
*old_highlight
= dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
;
3577 if (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
3579 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
3580 = ((FRAMEP (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)))
3581 ? XFRAME (FRAME_FOCUS_FRAME (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
))
3582 : dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
);
3583 if (! FRAME_LIVE_P (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
))
3585 fset_focus_frame (dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
, Qnil
);
3586 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
;
3590 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
3592 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
!= old_highlight
)
3595 frame_unhighlight (old_highlight
);
3596 if (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
3597 frame_highlight (dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
);
3603 /* Keyboard processing - modifier keys, vendor-specific keysyms, etc. */
3605 /* Initialize mode_switch_bit and modifier_meaning. */
3607 x_find_modifier_meanings (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
3609 int min_code
, max_code
;
3612 XModifierKeymap
*mods
;
3614 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= 0;
3615 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= 0;
3616 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3617 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
= 0;
3618 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
= 0;
3620 XDisplayKeycodes (dpyinfo
->display
, &min_code
, &max_code
);
3622 syms
= XGetKeyboardMapping (dpyinfo
->display
,
3623 min_code
, max_code
- min_code
+ 1,
3625 mods
= XGetModifierMapping (dpyinfo
->display
);
3627 /* Scan the modifier table to see which modifier bits the Meta and
3628 Alt keysyms are on. */
3630 int row
, col
; /* The row and column in the modifier table. */
3631 int found_alt_or_meta
;
3633 for (row
= 3; row
< 8; row
++)
3635 found_alt_or_meta
= 0;
3636 for (col
= 0; col
< mods
->max_keypermod
; col
++)
3638 KeyCode code
= mods
->modifiermap
[(row
* mods
->max_keypermod
) + col
];
3640 /* Zeroes are used for filler. Skip them. */
3644 /* Are any of this keycode's keysyms a meta key? */
3648 for (code_col
= 0; code_col
< syms_per_code
; code_col
++)
3650 int sym
= syms
[((code
- min_code
) * syms_per_code
) + code_col
];
3656 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3657 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3662 found_alt_or_meta
= 1;
3663 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3668 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3669 dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3670 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3671 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3676 if (!found_alt_or_meta
)
3677 dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
|= (1 << row
);
3678 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3679 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3683 /* Ignore this if it's not on the lock modifier. */
3684 if (!found_alt_or_meta
&& ((1 << row
) == LockMask
))
3685 dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
= LockMask
;
3686 code_col
= syms_per_code
;
3687 col
= mods
->max_keypermod
;
3696 /* If we couldn't find any meta keys, accept any alt keys as meta keys. */
3697 if (! dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3699 dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
= dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
;
3700 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
= 0;
3703 /* If some keys are both alt and meta,
3704 make them just meta, not alt. */
3705 if (dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
3707 dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
&= ~dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
;
3711 XFreeModifiermap (mods
);
3714 /* Convert between the modifier bits X uses and the modifier bits
3718 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, int state
)
3720 int mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3721 int mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3722 int mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3723 int mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3726 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3727 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3728 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3729 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3730 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3731 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3732 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3733 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
) & INT_MAX
;
3735 return ( ((state
& (ShiftMask
| dpyinfo
->shift_lock_mask
)) ? shift_modifier
: 0)
3736 | ((state
& ControlMask
) ? ctrl_modifier
: 0)
3737 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
) ? mod_meta
: 0)
3738 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
) ? mod_alt
: 0)
3739 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
) ? mod_super
: 0)
3740 | ((state
& dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
) ? mod_hyper
: 0));
3744 x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, EMACS_INT state
)
3746 EMACS_INT mod_meta
= meta_modifier
;
3747 EMACS_INT mod_alt
= alt_modifier
;
3748 EMACS_INT mod_hyper
= hyper_modifier
;
3749 EMACS_INT mod_super
= super_modifier
;
3753 tem
= Fget (Vx_alt_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3754 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_alt
= XINT (tem
);
3755 tem
= Fget (Vx_meta_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3756 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_meta
= XINT (tem
);
3757 tem
= Fget (Vx_hyper_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3758 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_hyper
= XINT (tem
);
3759 tem
= Fget (Vx_super_keysym
, Qmodifier_value
);
3760 if (INTEGERP (tem
)) mod_super
= XINT (tem
);
3763 return ( ((state
& mod_alt
) ? dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
: 0)
3764 | ((state
& mod_super
) ? dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
: 0)
3765 | ((state
& mod_hyper
) ? dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
: 0)
3766 | ((state
& shift_modifier
) ? ShiftMask
: 0)
3767 | ((state
& ctrl_modifier
) ? ControlMask
: 0)
3768 | ((state
& mod_meta
) ? dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
: 0));
3771 /* Convert a keysym to its name. */
3774 x_get_keysym_name (int keysym
)
3779 value
= XKeysymToString (keysym
);
3787 /* Mouse clicks and mouse movement. Rah. */
3789 /* Prepare a mouse-event in *RESULT for placement in the input queue.
3791 If the event is a button press, then note that we have grabbed
3795 construct_mouse_click (struct input_event
*result
, XButtonEvent
*event
, struct frame
*f
)
3797 /* Make the event type NO_EVENT; we'll change that when we decide
3799 result
->kind
= MOUSE_CLICK_EVENT
;
3800 result
->code
= event
->button
- Button1
;
3801 result
->timestamp
= event
->time
;
3802 result
->modifiers
= (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
3804 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
3808 XSETINT (result
->x
, event
->x
);
3809 XSETINT (result
->y
, event
->y
);
3810 XSETFRAME (result
->frame_or_window
, f
);
3816 /* Function to report a mouse movement to the mainstream Emacs code.
3817 The input handler calls this.
3819 We have received a mouse movement event, which is given in *event.
3820 If the mouse is over a different glyph than it was last time, tell
3821 the mainstream emacs code by setting mouse_moved. If not, ask for
3822 another motion event, so we can check again the next time it moves. */
3824 static XMotionEvent last_mouse_motion_event
;
3825 static Lisp_Object last_mouse_motion_frame
;
3828 note_mouse_movement (FRAME_PTR frame
, XMotionEvent
*event
)
3830 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->time
;
3831 last_mouse_motion_event
= *event
;
3832 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
, frame
);
3834 if (!FRAME_X_OUTPUT (frame
))
3837 if (event
->window
!= FRAME_X_WINDOW (frame
))
3839 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3840 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3841 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, -1, -1);
3842 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
3847 /* Has the mouse moved off the glyph it was on at the last sighting? */
3848 if (frame
!= last_mouse_glyph_frame
3849 || event
->x
< last_mouse_glyph
.x
3850 || event
->x
>= last_mouse_glyph
.x
+ last_mouse_glyph
.width
3851 || event
->y
< last_mouse_glyph
.y
3852 || event
->y
>= last_mouse_glyph
.y
+ last_mouse_glyph
.height
)
3854 frame
->mouse_moved
= 1;
3855 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3856 note_mouse_highlight (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
);
3857 /* Remember which glyph we're now on. */
3858 remember_mouse_glyph (frame
, event
->x
, event
->y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
3859 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= frame
;
3867 /************************************************************************
3869 ************************************************************************/
3872 redo_mouse_highlight (void)
3874 if (!NILP (last_mouse_motion_frame
)
3875 && FRAME_LIVE_P (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
)))
3876 note_mouse_highlight (XFRAME (last_mouse_motion_frame
),
3877 last_mouse_motion_event
.x
,
3878 last_mouse_motion_event
.y
);
3883 /* Return the current position of the mouse.
3884 *FP should be a frame which indicates which display to ask about.
3886 If the mouse movement started in a scroll bar, set *FP, *BAR_WINDOW,
3887 and *PART to the frame, window, and scroll bar part that the mouse
3888 is over. Set *X and *Y to the portion and whole of the mouse's
3889 position on the scroll bar.
3891 If the mouse movement started elsewhere, set *FP to the frame the
3892 mouse is on, *BAR_WINDOW to nil, and *X and *Y to the character cell
3895 Set *TIMESTAMP to the server time-stamp for the time at which the mouse
3896 was at this position.
3898 Don't store anything if we don't have a valid set of values to report.
3900 This clears the mouse_moved flag, so we can wait for the next mouse
3904 XTmouse_position (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, int insist
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
3905 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
, Lisp_Object
*y
,
3912 if (! NILP (last_mouse_scroll_bar
) && insist
== 0)
3913 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (fp
, bar_window
, part
, x
, y
, timestamp
);
3919 Window dummy_window
;
3922 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
3924 /* Clear the mouse-moved flag for every frame on this display. */
3925 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
3926 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
3927 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
))
3928 XFRAME (frame
)->mouse_moved
= 0;
3930 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
3932 /* Figure out which root window we're on. */
3933 XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3934 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)),
3936 /* The root window which contains the pointer. */
3939 /* Trash which we can't trust if the pointer is on
3940 a different screen. */
3943 /* The position on that root window. */
3946 /* More trash we can't trust. */
3949 /* Modifier keys and pointer buttons, about which
3951 (unsigned int *) &dummy
);
3953 /* Now we have a position on the root; find the innermost window
3954 containing the pointer. */
3958 int parent_x
= 0, parent_y
= 0;
3962 /* XTranslateCoordinates can get errors if the window
3963 structure is changing at the same time this function
3964 is running. So at least we must not crash from them. */
3966 x_catch_errors (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
));
3968 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
)->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
3969 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
3971 /* If mouse was grabbed on a frame, give coords for that frame
3972 even if the mouse is now outside it. */
3973 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3975 /* From-window, to-window. */
3976 root
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (last_mouse_frame
),
3978 /* From-position, to-position. */
3979 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
3983 f1
= last_mouse_frame
;
3989 XTranslateCoordinates (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
),
3991 /* From-window, to-window. */
3994 /* From-position, to-position. */
3995 root_x
, root_y
, &win_x
, &win_y
,
4000 if (child
== None
|| child
== win
)
4003 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4004 want the edit window. For non-Gtk+ the innermost
4005 window is the edit window. For Gtk+ it might not
4006 be. It might be the tool bar for example. */
4007 if (x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
))
4015 /* Now we know that:
4016 win is the innermost window containing the pointer
4017 (XTC says it has no child containing the pointer),
4018 win_x and win_y are the pointer's position in it
4019 (XTC did this the last time through), and
4020 parent_x and parent_y are the pointer's position in win's parent.
4021 (They are what win_x and win_y were when win was child.
4022 If win is the root window, it has no parent, and
4023 parent_{x,y} are invalid, but that's okay, because we'll
4024 never use them in that case.) */
4027 /* We don't wan't to know the innermost window. We
4028 want the edit window. */
4029 f1
= x_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4031 /* Is win one of our frames? */
4032 f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (*fp
), win
);
4035 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4036 /* If we end up with the menu bar window, say it's not
4039 && f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
4040 && win
== XtWindow (f1
->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
))
4042 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
4045 if (x_had_errors_p (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
)))
4048 x_uncatch_errors ();
4050 /* If not, is it one of our scroll bars? */
4053 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
4055 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (*fp
), win
);
4059 f1
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4065 if (f1
== 0 && insist
> 0)
4066 f1
= SELECTED_FRAME ();
4070 /* Ok, we found a frame. Store all the values.
4071 last_mouse_glyph is a rectangle used to reduce the
4072 generation of mouse events. To not miss any motion
4073 events, we must divide the frame into rectangles of the
4074 size of the smallest character that could be displayed
4075 on it, i.e. into the same rectangles that matrices on
4076 the frame are divided into. */
4078 remember_mouse_glyph (f1
, win_x
, win_y
, &last_mouse_glyph
);
4079 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= f1
;
4084 XSETINT (*x
, win_x
);
4085 XSETINT (*y
, win_y
);
4086 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
4096 /***********************************************************************
4098 ***********************************************************************/
4100 /* Scroll bar support. */
4102 /* Given an X window ID and a DISPLAY, find the struct scroll_bar which
4104 This can be called in GC, so we have to make sure to strip off mark
4107 static struct scroll_bar
*
4108 x_window_to_scroll_bar (Display
*display
, Window window_id
)
4110 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4112 #if defined (USE_GTK) && defined (USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS)
4113 window_id
= (Window
) xg_get_scroll_id_for_window (display
, window_id
);
4114 #endif /* USE_GTK && USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4116 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4118 Lisp_Object bar
, condemned
;
4120 if (! FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4123 /* Scan this frame's scroll bar list for a scroll bar with the
4125 condemned
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4126 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (XFRAME (frame
));
4127 /* This trick allows us to search both the ordinary and
4128 condemned scroll bar lists with one loop. */
4129 ! NILP (bar
) || (bar
= condemned
,
4132 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
4133 if (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
== window_id
&&
4134 FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (frame
)) == display
)
4135 return XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
4142 #if defined USE_LUCID
4144 /* Return the Lucid menu bar WINDOW is part of. Return null
4145 if WINDOW is not part of a menu bar. */
4148 x_window_to_menu_bar (Window window
)
4150 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
4152 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
4153 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
)))
4155 Widget menu_bar
= XFRAME (frame
)->output_data
.x
->menubar_widget
;
4157 if (menu_bar
&& xlwmenu_window_p (menu_bar
, window
))
4163 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
4166 /************************************************************************
4168 ************************************************************************/
4170 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4172 static void x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*, struct input_event
*);
4173 static void x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object
, int, int, int);
4174 static void x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*,
4175 struct scroll_bar
*);
4176 static void x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*,
4180 /* Lisp window being scrolled. Set when starting to interact with
4181 a toolkit scroll bar, reset to nil when ending the interaction. */
4183 static Lisp_Object window_being_scrolled
;
4185 /* Last scroll bar part sent in xm_scroll_callback. */
4187 static int last_scroll_bar_part
;
4189 /* Whether this is an Xaw with arrow-scrollbars. This should imply
4190 that movements of 1/20 of the screen size are mapped to up/down. */
4193 /* Id of action hook installed for scroll bars. */
4195 static XtActionHookId action_hook_id
;
4197 static Boolean xaw3d_arrow_scroll
;
4199 /* Whether the drag scrolling maintains the mouse at the top of the
4200 thumb. If not, resizing the thumb needs to be done more carefully
4201 to avoid jerkiness. */
4203 static Boolean xaw3d_pick_top
;
4205 /* Action hook installed via XtAppAddActionHook when toolkit scroll
4206 bars are used.. The hook is responsible for detecting when
4207 the user ends an interaction with the scroll bar, and generates
4208 a `end-scroll' SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT' event if so. */
4211 xt_action_hook (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, String action_name
,
4212 XEvent
*event
, String
*params
, Cardinal
*num_params
)
4215 const char *end_action
;
4218 scroll_bar_p
= XmIsScrollBar (widget
);
4219 end_action
= "Release";
4220 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4221 scroll_bar_p
= XtIsSubclass (widget
, scrollbarWidgetClass
);
4222 end_action
= "EndScroll";
4223 #endif /* USE_MOTIF */
4226 && strcmp (action_name
, end_action
) == 0
4227 && WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4231 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4232 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4233 w
= XWINDOW (window_being_scrolled
);
4235 if (!NILP (XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
))
4237 XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
)->dragging
= Qnil
;
4238 /* The thumb size is incorrect while dragging: fix it. */
4239 set_vertical_scroll_bar (w
);
4241 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4242 last_scroll_bar_part
= -1;
4244 /* Xt timeouts no longer needed. */
4245 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 0;
4248 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4250 /* A vector of windows used for communication between
4251 x_send_scroll_bar_event and x_scroll_bar_to_input_event. */
4253 static struct window
**scroll_bar_windows
;
4254 static ptrdiff_t scroll_bar_windows_size
;
4257 /* Send a client message with message type Xatom_Scrollbar for a
4258 scroll action to the frame of WINDOW. PART is a value identifying
4259 the part of the scroll bar that was clicked on. PORTION is the
4260 amount to scroll of a whole of WHOLE. */
4263 x_send_scroll_bar_event (Lisp_Object window
, int part
, int portion
, int whole
)
4266 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) &event
;
4267 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (window
);
4268 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4273 /* Construct a ClientMessage event to send to the frame. */
4274 ev
->type
= ClientMessage
;
4275 ev
->message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_Scrollbar
;
4276 ev
->display
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
4277 ev
->window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
4280 /* We can only transfer 32 bits in the XClientMessageEvent, which is
4281 not enough to store a pointer or Lisp_Object on a 64 bit system.
4282 So, store the window in scroll_bar_windows and pass the index
4283 into that array in the event. */
4284 for (i
= 0; i
< scroll_bar_windows_size
; ++i
)
4285 if (scroll_bar_windows
[i
] == NULL
)
4288 if (i
== scroll_bar_windows_size
)
4290 ptrdiff_t old_nbytes
=
4291 scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4293 enum { XClientMessageEvent_MAX
= 0x7fffffff };
4294 scroll_bar_windows
=
4295 xpalloc (scroll_bar_windows
, &scroll_bar_windows_size
, 1,
4296 XClientMessageEvent_MAX
, sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
);
4297 nbytes
= scroll_bar_windows_size
* sizeof *scroll_bar_windows
;
4298 memset (&scroll_bar_windows
[i
], 0, nbytes
- old_nbytes
);
4301 scroll_bar_windows
[i
] = w
;
4302 ev
->data
.l
[0] = (long) i
;
4303 ev
->data
.l
[1] = (long) part
;
4304 ev
->data
.l
[2] = (long) 0;
4305 ev
->data
.l
[3] = (long) portion
;
4306 ev
->data
.l
[4] = (long) whole
;
4308 /* Make Xt timeouts work while the scroll bar is active. */
4309 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
4310 toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
= 1;
4311 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
4314 /* Setting the event mask to zero means that the message will
4315 be sent to the client that created the window, and if that
4316 window no longer exists, no event will be sent. */
4317 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), False
, 0, &event
);
4322 /* Transform a scroll bar ClientMessage EVENT to an Emacs input event
4326 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*ievent
)
4328 XClientMessageEvent
*ev
= (XClientMessageEvent
*) event
;
4332 w
= scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]];
4333 scroll_bar_windows
[ev
->data
.l
[0]] = NULL
;
4335 XSETWINDOW (window
, w
);
4337 ievent
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
4338 ievent
->frame_or_window
= window
;
4341 ievent
->timestamp
= CurrentTime
;
4344 XtLastTimestampProcessed (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (XFRAME (w
->frame
)));
4346 ievent
->part
= ev
->data
.l
[1];
4347 ievent
->code
= ev
->data
.l
[2];
4348 ievent
->x
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[3]);
4349 ievent
->y
= make_number ((int) ev
->data
.l
[4]);
4350 ievent
->modifiers
= 0;
4356 /* Minimum and maximum values used for Motif scroll bars. */
4358 #define XM_SB_MAX 10000000
4361 /* Scroll bar callback for Motif scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4362 bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure.
4363 CALL_DATA is a pointer to a XmScrollBarCallbackStruct. */
4366 xm_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4368 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4369 XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*cs
= (XmScrollBarCallbackStruct
*) call_data
;
4370 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4374 case XmCR_DECREMENT
:
4375 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4376 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4379 case XmCR_INCREMENT
:
4380 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4381 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4384 case XmCR_PAGE_DECREMENT
:
4385 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4386 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4389 case XmCR_PAGE_INCREMENT
:
4390 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4391 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4395 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4396 part
= scroll_bar_to_top
;
4399 case XmCR_TO_BOTTOM
:
4400 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4401 part
= scroll_bar_to_bottom
;
4408 /* Get the slider size. */
4410 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XmNsliderSize
, &slider_size
, NULL
);
4413 whole
= XM_SB_MAX
- slider_size
;
4414 portion
= min (cs
->value
, whole
);
4415 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4416 bar
->dragging
= make_number (cs
->value
);
4420 case XmCR_VALUE_CHANGED
:
4426 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4427 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4428 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4432 #elif defined USE_GTK
4434 /* Scroll bar callback for GTK scroll bars. WIDGET is the scroll
4435 bar widget. DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure. */
4438 xg_scroll_callback (GtkRange
*range
,
4439 GtkScrollType scroll
,
4443 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4445 int part
= -1, whole
= 0, portion
= 0;
4446 GtkAdjustment
*adj
= GTK_ADJUSTMENT (gtk_range_get_adjustment (range
));
4447 FRAME_PTR f
= (FRAME_PTR
) g_object_get_data (G_OBJECT (range
), XG_FRAME_DATA
);
4449 if (xg_ignore_gtk_scrollbar
) return FALSE
;
4450 position
= gtk_adjustment_get_value (adj
);
4455 case GTK_SCROLL_JUMP
:
4456 /* Buttons 1 2 or 3 must be grabbed. */
4457 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
!= 0
4458 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->grabbed
< (1 << 4))
4460 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4461 whole
= gtk_adjustment_get_upper (adj
) -
4462 gtk_adjustment_get_page_size (adj
);
4463 portion
= min ((int)position
, whole
);
4464 bar
->dragging
= make_number ((int)portion
);
4467 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_BACKWARD
:
4468 part
= scroll_bar_up_arrow
;
4469 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4471 case GTK_SCROLL_STEP_FORWARD
:
4472 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4473 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4475 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_BACKWARD
:
4476 part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
4477 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4479 case GTK_SCROLL_PAGE_FORWARD
:
4480 part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4481 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4487 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4488 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4489 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4495 /* Callback for button release. Sets dragging to Qnil when dragging is done. */
4498 xg_end_scroll_callback (GtkWidget
*widget
,
4499 GdkEventButton
*event
,
4502 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) user_data
;
4503 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4504 if (WINDOWP (window_being_scrolled
))
4506 x_send_scroll_bar_event (window_being_scrolled
,
4507 scroll_bar_end_scroll
, 0, 0);
4508 window_being_scrolled
= Qnil
;
4515 #else /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4517 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked when the thumb is dragged.
4518 WIDGET is the scroll bar widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the
4519 scroll bar struct. CALL_DATA is a pointer to a float saying where
4523 xaw_jump_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4525 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4526 float top
= *(float *) call_data
;
4528 int whole
, portion
, height
;
4531 /* Get the size of the thumb, a value between 0 and 1. */
4533 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNshown
, &shown
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4537 portion
= shown
< 1 ? top
* whole
: 0;
4539 if (shown
< 1 && (eabs (top
+ shown
- 1) < 1.0f
/ height
))
4540 /* Some derivatives of Xaw refuse to shrink the thumb when you reach
4541 the bottom, so we force the scrolling whenever we see that we're
4542 too close to the bottom (in x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb
4543 we try to ensure that we always stay two pixels away from the
4545 part
= scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4547 part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
4549 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4550 bar
->dragging
= make_number (portion
);
4551 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4552 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, portion
, whole
);
4556 /* Xaw scroll bar callback. Invoked for incremental scrolling.,
4557 i.e. line or page up or down. WIDGET is the Xaw scroll bar
4558 widget. CLIENT_DATA is a pointer to the scroll_bar structure for
4559 the scroll bar. CALL_DATA is an integer specifying the action that
4560 has taken place. Its magnitude is in the range 0..height of the
4561 scroll bar. Negative values mean scroll towards buffer start.
4562 Values < height of scroll bar mean line-wise movement. */
4565 xaw_scroll_callback (Widget widget
, XtPointer client_data
, XtPointer call_data
)
4567 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= (struct scroll_bar
*) client_data
;
4568 /* The position really is stored cast to a pointer. */
4569 int position
= (long) call_data
;
4573 /* Get the height of the scroll bar. */
4575 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
4578 if (eabs (position
) >= height
)
4579 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_above_handle
: scroll_bar_below_handle
;
4581 /* If Xaw3d was compiled with ARROW_SCROLLBAR,
4582 it maps line-movement to call_data = max(5, height/20). */
4583 else if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
&& eabs (position
) <= max (5, height
/ 20))
4584 part
= (position
< 0) ? scroll_bar_up_arrow
: scroll_bar_down_arrow
;
4586 part
= scroll_bar_move_ratio
;
4588 window_being_scrolled
= bar
->window
;
4589 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
4590 last_scroll_bar_part
= part
;
4591 x_send_scroll_bar_event (bar
->window
, part
, position
, height
);
4594 #endif /* not USE_GTK and not USE_MOTIF */
4596 #define SCROLL_BAR_NAME "verticalScrollBar"
4598 /* Create the widget for scroll bar BAR on frame F. Record the widget
4599 and X window of the scroll bar in BAR. */
4603 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4605 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4608 xg_create_scroll_bar (f
, bar
, G_CALLBACK (xg_scroll_callback
),
4609 G_CALLBACK (xg_end_scroll_callback
),
4614 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4617 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (struct frame
*f
, struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
4623 const char *scroll_bar_name
= SCROLL_BAR_NAME
;
4624 unsigned long pixel
;
4629 /* Set resources. Create the widget. */
4630 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4631 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNminimum
, 0); ++ac
;
4632 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNmaximum
, XM_SB_MAX
); ++ac
;
4633 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNorientation
, XmVERTICAL
); ++ac
;
4634 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNprocessingDirection
, XmMAX_ON_BOTTOM
), ++ac
;
4635 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNincrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4636 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNpageIncrement
, 1); ++ac
;
4638 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4641 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNforeground
, pixel
);
4645 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4648 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XmNbackground
, pixel
);
4652 widget
= XmCreateScrollBar (f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
,
4653 (char *) scroll_bar_name
, av
, ac
);
4655 /* Add one callback for everything that can happen. */
4656 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4658 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNdragCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4660 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNincrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4662 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageDecrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4664 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNpageIncrementCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4666 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoBottomCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4668 XtAddCallback (widget
, XmNtoTopCallback
, xm_scroll_callback
,
4671 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4672 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4674 /* Set the cursor to an arrow. I didn't find a resource to do that.
4675 And I'm wondering why it hasn't an arrow cursor by default. */
4676 XDefineCursor (XtDisplay (widget
), XtWindow (widget
),
4677 f
->output_data
.x
->nontext_cursor
);
4679 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4681 /* Set resources. Create the widget. The background of the
4682 Xaw3d scroll bar widget is a little bit light for my taste.
4683 We don't alter it here to let users change it according
4684 to their taste with `emacs*verticalScrollBar.background: xxx'. */
4685 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNmappedWhenManaged
, False
); ++ac
;
4686 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNorientation
, XtorientVertical
); ++ac
;
4687 /* For smoother scrolling with Xaw3d -sm */
4688 /* XtSetArg (av[ac], XtNpickTop, True); ++ac; */
4690 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
;
4693 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNforeground
, pixel
);
4697 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4700 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbackground
, pixel
);
4704 /* Top/bottom shadow colors. */
4706 /* Allocate them, if necessary. */
4707 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4709 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4712 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4713 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4714 &pixel
, 1.2, 0x8000))
4716 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4719 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4721 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4724 if (!x_alloc_lighter_color (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
4725 FRAME_X_COLORMAP (f
),
4726 &pixel
, 0.6, 0x4000))
4728 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
= pixel
;
4732 #ifdef XtNbeNiceToColormap
4733 /* Tell the toolkit about them. */
4734 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
== -1
4735 || f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
== -1)
4736 /* We tried to allocate a color for the top/bottom shadow, and
4737 failed, so tell Xaw3d to use dithering instead. */
4738 /* But only if we have a small colormap. Xaw3d can allocate nice
4741 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
,
4742 DefaultDepthOfScreen (FRAME_X_SCREEN (f
)) < 16);
4746 /* Tell what colors Xaw3d should use for the top/bottom shadow, to
4747 be more consistent with other emacs 3d colors, and since Xaw3d is
4748 not good at dealing with allocation failure. */
4750 /* This tells Xaw3d to use real colors instead of dithering for
4752 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbeNiceToColormap
, False
);
4755 /* Specify the colors. */
4756 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
;
4759 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNtopShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4762 pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
;
4765 XtSetArg (av
[ac
], XtNbottomShadowPixel
, pixel
);
4771 widget
= XtCreateWidget (scroll_bar_name
, scrollbarWidgetClass
,
4772 f
->output_data
.x
->edit_widget
, av
, ac
);
4775 char const *initial
= "";
4776 char const *val
= initial
;
4777 XtVaGetValues (widget
, XtNscrollVCursor
, (XtPointer
) &val
,
4778 #ifdef XtNarrowScrollbars
4779 XtNarrowScrollbars
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_arrow_scroll
,
4781 XtNpickTop
, (XtPointer
) &xaw3d_pick_top
, NULL
);
4782 if (xaw3d_arrow_scroll
|| val
== initial
)
4783 { /* ARROW_SCROLL */
4784 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= True
;
4785 /* Isn't that just a personal preference ? --Stef */
4786 XtVaSetValues (widget
, XtNcursorName
, "top_left_arrow", NULL
);
4790 /* Define callbacks. */
4791 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNjumpProc
, xaw_jump_callback
, (XtPointer
) bar
);
4792 XtAddCallback (widget
, XtNscrollProc
, xaw_scroll_callback
,
4795 /* Realize the widget. Only after that is the X window created. */
4796 XtRealizeWidget (widget
);
4798 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4800 /* Install an action hook that lets us detect when the user
4801 finishes interacting with a scroll bar. */
4802 if (action_hook_id
== 0)
4803 action_hook_id
= XtAppAddActionHook (Xt_app_con
, xt_action_hook
, 0);
4805 /* Remember X window and widget in the scroll bar vector. */
4806 SET_SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (bar
, widget
);
4807 xwindow
= XtWindow (widget
);
4808 bar
->x_window
= xwindow
;
4812 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4815 /* Set the thumb size and position of scroll bar BAR. We are currently
4816 displaying PORTION out of a whole WHOLE, and our position POSITION. */
4820 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
, int whole
)
4822 xg_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
4825 #else /* not USE_GTK */
4827 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int portion
, int position
,
4830 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
4831 Widget widget
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
4838 /* We use an estimate of 30 chars per line rather than the real
4839 `portion' value. This has the disadvantage that the thumb size
4840 is not very representative, but it makes our life a lot easier.
4841 Otherwise, we have to constantly adjust the thumb size, which
4842 we can't always do quickly enough: while dragging, the size of
4843 the thumb might prevent the user from dragging the thumb all the
4844 way to the end. but Motif and some versions of Xaw3d don't allow
4845 updating the thumb size while dragging. Also, even if we can update
4846 its size, the update will often happen too late.
4847 If you don't believe it, check out revision 1.650 of xterm.c to see
4848 what hoops we were going through and the still poor behavior we got. */
4849 portion
= WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)) * 30;
4850 /* When the thumb is at the bottom, position == whole.
4851 So we need to increase `whole' to make space for the thumb. */
4858 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4859 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4862 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4866 /* Slider size. Must be in the range [1 .. MAX - MIN] where MAX
4867 is the scroll bar's maximum and MIN is the scroll bar's minimum
4869 size
= shown
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4870 size
= min (size
, XM_SB_MAX
);
4871 size
= max (size
, 1);
4873 /* Position. Must be in the range [MIN .. MAX - SLIDER_SIZE]. */
4874 value
= top
* XM_SB_MAX
;
4875 value
= min (value
, XM_SB_MAX
- size
);
4877 XmScrollBarSetValues (widget
, value
, size
, 0, 0, False
);
4879 #else /* !USE_MOTIF i.e. use Xaw */
4885 top
= (float) position
/ whole
;
4886 shown
= (float) portion
/ whole
;
4890 float old_top
, old_shown
;
4892 XtVaGetValues (widget
,
4893 XtNtopOfThumb
, &old_top
,
4894 XtNshown
, &old_shown
,
4898 /* Massage the top+shown values. */
4899 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
) || last_scroll_bar_part
== scroll_bar_down_arrow
)
4900 top
= max (0, min (1, top
));
4903 /* Keep two pixels available for moving the thumb down. */
4904 shown
= max (0, min (1 - top
- (2.0f
/ height
), shown
));
4906 /* If the call to XawScrollbarSetThumb below doesn't seem to work,
4907 check that your system's configuration file contains a define
4908 for `NARROWPROTO'. See s/freebsd.h for an example. */
4909 if (top
!= old_top
|| shown
!= old_shown
)
4911 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
4912 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4915 /* Try to make the scrolling a tad smoother. */
4916 if (!xaw3d_pick_top
)
4917 shown
= min (shown
, old_shown
);
4919 XawScrollbarSetThumb (widget
, top
, shown
);
4923 #endif /* !USE_MOTIF */
4927 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
4929 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4933 /************************************************************************
4934 Scroll bars, general
4935 ************************************************************************/
4937 /* Create a scroll bar and return the scroll bar vector for it. W is
4938 the Emacs window on which to create the scroll bar. TOP, LEFT,
4939 WIDTH and HEIGHT are the pixel coordinates and dimensions of the
4942 static struct scroll_bar
*
4943 x_scroll_bar_create (struct window
*w
, int top
, int left
, int width
, int height
)
4945 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
4946 struct scroll_bar
*bar
4947 = ALLOCATE_PSEUDOVECTOR (struct scroll_bar
, x_window
, PVEC_OTHER
);
4952 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
4953 x_create_toolkit_scroll_bar (f
, bar
);
4954 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4956 XSetWindowAttributes a
;
4960 a
.background_pixel
= f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
;
4961 if (a
.background_pixel
== -1)
4962 a
.background_pixel
= FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
);
4964 a
.event_mask
= (ButtonPressMask
| ButtonReleaseMask
4965 | ButtonMotionMask
| PointerMotionHintMask
4967 a
.cursor
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
;
4969 mask
= (CWBackPixel
| CWEventMask
| CWCursor
);
4971 /* Clear the area of W that will serve as a scroll bar. This is
4972 for the case that a window has been split horizontally. In
4973 this case, no clear_frame is generated to reduce flickering. */
4974 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
4975 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4977 window_box_height (w
), False
);
4979 window
= XCreateWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
4980 /* Position and size of scroll bar. */
4981 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
4983 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
4985 /* Border width, depth, class, and visual. */
4992 bar
->x_window
= window
;
4994 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
4996 XSETWINDOW (bar
->window
, w
);
5000 bar
->height
= height
;
5003 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5004 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= 0;
5006 /* Add bar to its frame's list of scroll bars. */
5007 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5009 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5010 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5011 if (!NILP (bar
->next
))
5012 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5014 /* Map the window/widget. */
5015 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5018 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5021 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5022 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5024 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5025 Widget scroll_bar
= SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
);
5026 XtConfigureWidget (scroll_bar
,
5027 left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5029 width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5030 max (height
, 1), 0);
5031 XtMapWidget (scroll_bar
);
5032 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5034 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5035 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5036 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5043 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5045 /* Draw BAR's handle in the proper position.
5047 If the handle is already drawn from START to END, don't bother
5048 redrawing it, unless REBUILD is non-zero; in that case, always
5049 redraw it. (REBUILD is handy for drawing the handle after expose
5052 Normally, we want to constrain the start and end of the handle to
5053 fit inside its rectangle, but if the user is dragging the scroll
5054 bar handle, we want to let them drag it down all the way, so that
5055 the bar's top is as far down as it goes; otherwise, there's no way
5056 to move to the very end of the buffer. */
5059 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, int start
, int end
, int rebuild
)
5061 int dragging
= ! NILP (bar
->dragging
);
5062 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5063 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5064 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5066 /* If the display is already accurate, do nothing. */
5068 && start
== bar
->start
5075 int inside_width
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_WIDTH (f
, bar
->width
);
5076 int inside_height
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_INSIDE_HEIGHT (f
, bar
->height
);
5077 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5079 /* Make sure the values are reasonable, and try to preserve
5080 the distance between start and end. */
5082 int length
= end
- start
;
5086 else if (start
> top_range
)
5088 end
= start
+ length
;
5092 else if (end
> top_range
&& ! dragging
)
5096 /* Store the adjusted setting in the scroll bar. */
5100 /* Clip the end position, just for display. */
5101 if (end
> top_range
)
5104 /* Draw bottom positions VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE pixels
5105 below top positions, to make sure the handle is always at least
5106 that many pixels tall. */
5107 end
+= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
;
5109 /* Draw the empty space above the handle. Note that we can't clear
5110 zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5112 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5113 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5114 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5115 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
,
5116 inside_width
, start
,
5119 /* Change to proper foreground color if one is specified. */
5120 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5121 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5122 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5124 /* Draw the handle itself. */
5125 XFillRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5126 /* x, y, width, height */
5127 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5128 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ start
,
5129 inside_width
, end
- start
);
5131 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5132 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5133 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5134 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5136 /* Draw the empty space below the handle. Note that we can't
5137 clear zero-height areas; that means "clear to end of window." */
5138 if (end
< inside_height
)
5139 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5140 /* x, y, width, height, and exposures. */
5141 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_LEFT_BORDER
,
5142 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
+ end
,
5143 inside_width
, inside_height
- end
,
5151 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5153 /* Destroy scroll bar BAR, and set its Emacs window's scroll bar to
5157 x_scroll_bar_remove (struct scroll_bar
*bar
)
5159 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5162 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5164 xg_remove_scroll_bar (f
, bar
->x_window
);
5165 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5166 XtDestroyWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
));
5167 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5169 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
);
5172 /* Dissociate this scroll bar from its window. */
5173 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (XWINDOW (bar
->window
), Qnil
);
5179 /* Set the handle of the vertical scroll bar for WINDOW to indicate
5180 that we are displaying PORTION characters out of a total of WHOLE
5181 characters, starting at POSITION. If WINDOW has no scroll bar,
5185 XTset_vertical_scroll_bar (struct window
*w
, int portion
, int whole
, int position
)
5187 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
5189 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5190 int top
, height
, left
, sb_left
, width
, sb_width
;
5191 int window_y
, window_height
;
5192 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5193 int fringe_extended_p
;
5196 /* Get window dimensions. */
5197 window_box (w
, -1, 0, &window_y
, 0, &window_height
);
5199 width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5200 height
= window_height
;
5202 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar area. */
5203 left
= WINDOW_SCROLL_BAR_AREA_X (w
);
5205 /* Compute the width of the scroll bar which might be less than
5206 the width of the area reserved for the scroll bar. */
5207 if (WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
) > 0)
5208 sb_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (w
);
5212 /* Compute the left edge of the scroll bar. */
5213 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5214 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5215 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
) ? width
- sb_width
: 0);
5217 sb_left
= left
+ (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
) ? 0 : width
- sb_width
);
5219 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_RIGHT (w
))
5220 sb_left
= left
+ width
- sb_width
;
5225 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5226 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5227 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_LEFTMOST_P (w
)
5228 && WINDOW_LEFT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5229 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5230 || WINDOW_LEFT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5232 fringe_extended_p
= (WINDOW_RIGHTMOST_P (w
)
5233 && WINDOW_RIGHT_FRINGE_WIDTH (w
)
5234 && (WINDOW_HAS_FRINGES_OUTSIDE_MARGINS (w
)
5235 || WINDOW_RIGHT_MARGIN_COLS (w
) == 0));
5238 /* Does the scroll bar exist yet? */
5239 if (NILP (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5241 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5244 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5245 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5246 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5247 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5250 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5251 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5255 bar
= x_scroll_bar_create (w
, top
, sb_left
, sb_width
, height
);
5259 /* It may just need to be moved and resized. */
5260 unsigned int mask
= 0;
5262 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (w
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5266 if (sb_left
!= bar
->left
)
5268 if (top
!= bar
->top
)
5270 if (sb_width
!= bar
->width
)
5272 if (height
!= bar
->height
)
5275 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5277 /* Move/size the scroll bar widget. */
5278 if (mask
|| bar
->fringe_extended_p
!= fringe_extended_p
)
5280 /* Since toolkit scroll bars are smaller than the space reserved
5281 for them on the frame, we have to clear "under" them. */
5282 if (width
> 0 && height
> 0)
5284 if (fringe_extended_p
)
5285 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5286 sb_left
, top
, sb_width
, height
, False
);
5288 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5289 left
, top
, width
, height
, False
);
5292 xg_update_scrollbar_pos (f
,
5295 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5296 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
*2,
5298 #else /* not USE_GTK */
5299 XtConfigureWidget (SCROLL_BAR_X_WIDGET (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
),
5300 sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5302 sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2,
5303 max (height
, 1), 0);
5304 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
5306 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5308 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because of
5309 VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM. */
5310 if (VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
)
5312 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5313 left
, top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5315 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5316 left
+ width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5317 top
, VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
,
5321 /* Clear areas not covered by the scroll bar because it's not as
5322 wide as the area reserved for it. This makes sure a
5323 previous mode line display is cleared after C-x 2 C-x 1, for
5326 int area_width
= WINDOW_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (w
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
5327 int rest
= area_width
- sb_width
;
5328 if (rest
> 0 && height
> 0)
5330 if (WINDOW_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_ON_LEFT (w
))
5331 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5332 left
+ area_width
- rest
, top
,
5333 rest
, height
, False
);
5335 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
5336 left
, top
, rest
, height
, False
);
5340 /* Move/size the scroll bar window. */
5345 wc
.x
= sb_left
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5347 wc
.width
= sb_width
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
* 2;
5349 XConfigureWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), bar
->x_window
,
5353 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5355 /* Remember new settings. */
5356 bar
->left
= sb_left
;
5358 bar
->width
= sb_width
;
5359 bar
->height
= height
;
5364 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5365 bar
->fringe_extended_p
= fringe_extended_p
;
5367 x_set_toolkit_scroll_bar_thumb (bar
, portion
, position
, whole
);
5368 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5369 /* Set the scroll bar's current state, unless we're currently being
5371 if (NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5373 int top_range
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, height
);
5376 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, 0, top_range
, 0);
5379 int start
= ((double) position
* top_range
) / whole
;
5380 int end
= ((double) (position
+ portion
) * top_range
) / whole
;
5381 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, start
, end
, 0);
5384 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5386 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5387 wset_vertical_scroll_bar (w
, barobj
);
5391 /* The following three hooks are used when we're doing a thorough
5392 redisplay of the frame. We don't explicitly know which scroll bars
5393 are going to be deleted, because keeping track of when windows go
5394 away is a real pain - "Can you say set-window-configuration, boys
5395 and girls?" Instead, we just assert at the beginning of redisplay
5396 that *all* scroll bars are to be removed, and then save a scroll bar
5397 from the fiery pit when we actually redisplay its window. */
5399 /* Arrange for all scroll bars on FRAME to be removed at the next call
5400 to `*judge_scroll_bars_hook'. A scroll bar may be spared if
5401 `*redeem_scroll_bar_hook' is applied to its window before the judgment. */
5404 XTcondemn_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR frame
)
5406 /* Transfer all the scroll bars to FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS. */
5407 while (! NILP (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5410 bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5411 fset_scroll_bars (frame
, XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
);
5412 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
);
5413 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->prev
= Qnil
;
5414 if (! NILP (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
)))
5415 XSCROLL_BAR (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (frame
))->prev
= bar
;
5416 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (frame
, bar
);
5421 /* Un-mark WINDOW's scroll bar for deletion in this judgment cycle.
5422 Note that WINDOW isn't necessarily condemned at all. */
5425 XTredeem_scroll_bar (struct window
*window
)
5427 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
5431 /* We can't redeem this window's scroll bar if it doesn't have one. */
5432 if (NILP (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5435 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (window
->vertical_scroll_bar
);
5437 /* Unlink it from the condemned list. */
5438 f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (window
));
5439 if (NILP (bar
->prev
))
5441 /* If the prev pointer is nil, it must be the first in one of
5443 if (EQ (FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
), window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5444 /* It's not condemned. Everything's fine. */
5446 else if (EQ (FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
),
5447 window
->vertical_scroll_bar
))
5448 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, bar
->next
);
5450 /* If its prev pointer is nil, it must be at the front of
5451 one or the other! */
5455 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->prev
)->next
= bar
->next
;
5457 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5458 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
= bar
->prev
;
5460 bar
->next
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5462 XSETVECTOR (barobj
, bar
);
5463 fset_scroll_bars (f
, barobj
);
5464 if (! NILP (bar
->next
))
5465 XSETVECTOR (XSCROLL_BAR (bar
->next
)->prev
, bar
);
5468 /* Remove all scroll bars on FRAME that haven't been saved since the
5469 last call to `*condemn_scroll_bars_hook'. */
5472 XTjudge_scroll_bars (FRAME_PTR f
)
5474 Lisp_Object bar
, next
;
5476 bar
= FRAME_CONDEMNED_SCROLL_BARS (f
);
5478 /* Clear out the condemned list now so we won't try to process any
5479 more events on the hapless scroll bars. */
5480 fset_condemned_scroll_bars (f
, Qnil
);
5482 for (; ! NILP (bar
); bar
= next
)
5484 struct scroll_bar
*b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
5486 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
5489 b
->next
= b
->prev
= Qnil
;
5492 /* Now there should be no references to the condemned scroll bars,
5493 and they should get garbage-collected. */
5497 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5498 /* Handle an Expose or GraphicsExpose event on a scroll bar. This
5499 is a no-op when using toolkit scroll bars.
5501 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5505 x_scroll_bar_expose (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5507 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5508 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5509 GC gc
= f
->output_data
.x
->normal_gc
;
5510 int width_trim
= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH_TRIM
;
5514 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, bar
->start
, bar
->end
, 1);
5516 /* Switch to scroll bar foreground color. */
5517 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5518 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5519 f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
5521 /* Draw a one-pixel border just inside the edges of the scroll bar. */
5522 XDrawRectangle (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
, gc
,
5524 /* x, y, width, height */
5526 bar
->width
- 1 - width_trim
- width_trim
,
5529 /* Restore the foreground color of the GC if we changed it above. */
5530 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
5531 XSetForeground (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
,
5532 FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
5537 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5539 /* Handle a mouse click on the scroll bar BAR. If *EMACS_EVENT's kind
5540 is set to something other than NO_EVENT, it is enqueued.
5542 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5547 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
, struct input_event
*emacs_event
)
5549 if (! WINDOWP (bar
->window
))
5552 emacs_event
->kind
= SCROLL_BAR_CLICK_EVENT
;
5553 emacs_event
->code
= event
->xbutton
.button
- Button1
;
5554 emacs_event
->modifiers
5555 = (x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO
5556 (XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)))),
5557 event
->xbutton
.state
)
5558 | (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5561 emacs_event
->frame_or_window
= bar
->window
;
5562 emacs_event
->arg
= Qnil
;
5563 emacs_event
->timestamp
= event
->xbutton
.time
;
5566 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5567 int y
= event
->xbutton
.y
- VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5570 if (y
> top_range
) y
= top_range
;
5573 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5574 else if (y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5575 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5577 emacs_event
->part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5579 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5580 /* If the user has released the handle, set it to its final position. */
5581 if (event
->type
== ButtonRelease
5582 && ! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5584 int new_start
= y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5585 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5587 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5588 bar
->dragging
= Qnil
;
5592 XSETINT (emacs_event
->x
, y
);
5593 XSETINT (emacs_event
->y
, top_range
);
5597 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5599 /* Handle some mouse motion while someone is dragging the scroll bar.
5601 This may be called from a signal handler, so we have to ignore GC
5605 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (struct scroll_bar
*bar
, XEvent
*event
)
5607 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)->frame
);
5609 last_mouse_movement_time
= event
->xmotion
.time
;
5612 XSETVECTOR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
, bar
);
5614 /* If we're dragging the bar, display it. */
5615 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5617 /* Where should the handle be now? */
5618 int new_start
= event
->xmotion
.y
- XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5620 if (new_start
!= bar
->start
)
5622 int new_end
= new_start
+ bar
->end
- bar
->start
;
5624 x_scroll_bar_set_handle (bar
, new_start
, new_end
, 0);
5629 #endif /* !USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5631 /* Return information to the user about the current position of the mouse
5632 on the scroll bar. */
5635 x_scroll_bar_report_motion (FRAME_PTR
*fp
, Lisp_Object
*bar_window
,
5636 enum scroll_bar_part
*part
, Lisp_Object
*x
,
5637 Lisp_Object
*y
, Time
*timestamp
)
5639 struct scroll_bar
*bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
5640 Window w
= bar
->x_window
;
5641 FRAME_PTR f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (bar
->window
)));
5643 Window dummy_window
;
5645 unsigned int dummy_mask
;
5649 /* Get the mouse's position relative to the scroll bar window, and
5651 if (! XQueryPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), w
,
5653 /* Root, child, root x and root y. */
5654 &dummy_window
, &dummy_window
,
5655 &dummy_coord
, &dummy_coord
,
5657 /* Position relative to scroll bar. */
5660 /* Mouse buttons and modifier keys. */
5666 = VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_RANGE (f
, bar
->height
);
5668 win_y
-= VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_TOP_BORDER
;
5670 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5671 win_y
-= XINT (bar
->dragging
);
5675 if (win_y
> top_range
)
5679 *bar_window
= bar
->window
;
5681 if (! NILP (bar
->dragging
))
5682 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5683 else if (win_y
< bar
->start
)
5684 *part
= scroll_bar_above_handle
;
5685 else if (win_y
< bar
->end
+ VERTICAL_SCROLL_BAR_MIN_HANDLE
)
5686 *part
= scroll_bar_handle
;
5688 *part
= scroll_bar_below_handle
;
5690 XSETINT (*x
, win_y
);
5691 XSETINT (*y
, top_range
);
5694 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
5697 *timestamp
= last_mouse_movement_time
;
5703 /* The screen has been cleared so we may have changed foreground or
5704 background colors, and the scroll bars may need to be redrawn.
5705 Clear out the scroll bars, and ask for expose events, so we can
5709 x_scroll_bar_clear (FRAME_PTR f
)
5711 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
5714 /* We can have scroll bars even if this is 0,
5715 if we just turned off scroll bar mode.
5716 But in that case we should not clear them. */
5717 if (FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
))
5718 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); VECTORP (bar
);
5719 bar
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->next
)
5720 XClearArea (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5721 XSCROLL_BAR (bar
)->x_window
,
5723 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
5727 /* The main X event-reading loop - XTread_socket. */
5729 /* This holds the state XLookupString needs to implement dead keys
5730 and other tricks known as "compose processing". _X Window System_
5731 says that a portable program can't use this, but Stephen Gildea assures
5732 me that letting the compiler initialize it to zeros will work okay.
5734 This must be defined outside of XTread_socket, for the same reasons
5735 given for enter_timestamp, above. */
5737 static XComposeStatus compose_status
;
5739 /* Record the last 100 characters stored
5740 to help debug the loss-of-chars-during-GC problem. */
5742 static int temp_index
;
5743 static short temp_buffer
[100];
5745 #define STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG(keysym) \
5746 if (temp_index == sizeof temp_buffer / sizeof (short)) \
5748 temp_buffer[temp_index++] = (keysym)
5750 /* Set this to nonzero to fake an "X I/O error"
5751 on a particular display. */
5753 static struct x_display_info
*XTread_socket_fake_io_error
;
5755 /* When we find no input here, we occasionally do a no-op command
5756 to verify that the X server is still running and we can still talk with it.
5757 We try all the open displays, one by one.
5758 This variable is used for cycling thru the displays. */
5760 static struct x_display_info
*next_noop_dpyinfo
;
5762 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || defined USE_GTK
5763 #define SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT \
5766 if (f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event == 0) \
5767 f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = \
5768 xmalloc (sizeof (XEvent)); \
5769 *f->output_data.x->saved_menu_event = event; \
5770 inev.ie.kind = MENU_BAR_ACTIVATE_EVENT; \
5771 XSETFRAME (inev.ie.frame_or_window, f); \
5783 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5784 DPYINFO is the display this event is for.
5785 EVENT is the X event to filter.
5787 Returns non-zero if the event was filtered, caller shall not process
5789 Returns zero if event is wasn't filtered. */
5793 x_filter_event (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*event
)
5795 /* XFilterEvent returns non-zero if the input method has
5796 consumed the event. We pass the frame's X window to
5797 XFilterEvent because that's the one for which the IC
5800 struct frame
*f1
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5801 event
->xclient
.window
);
5803 return XFilterEvent (event
, f1
? FRAME_X_WINDOW (f1
) : None
);
5808 static int current_count
;
5809 static int current_finish
;
5810 static struct input_event
*current_hold_quit
;
5812 /* This is the filter function invoked by the GTK event loop.
5813 It is invoked before the XEvent is translated to a GdkEvent,
5814 so we have a chance to act on the event before GTK. */
5815 static GdkFilterReturn
5816 event_handler_gdk (GdkXEvent
*gxev
, GdkEvent
*ev
, gpointer data
)
5818 XEvent
*xev
= (XEvent
*) gxev
;
5821 if (current_count
>= 0)
5823 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
5825 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (xev
->xany
.display
);
5828 /* Filter events for the current X input method.
5829 GTK calls XFilterEvent but not for key press and release,
5830 so we do it here. */
5831 if ((xev
->type
== KeyPress
|| xev
->type
== KeyRelease
)
5833 && x_filter_event (dpyinfo
, xev
))
5836 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5841 current_finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5844 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, xev
, ¤t_finish
,
5848 current_finish
= x_dispatch_event (xev
, xev
->xany
.display
);
5852 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
|| current_finish
== X_EVENT_DROP
)
5853 return GDK_FILTER_REMOVE
;
5855 return GDK_FILTER_CONTINUE
;
5857 #endif /* USE_GTK */
5860 static void xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time
,
5861 enum xembed_message
,
5862 long detail
, long data1
, long data2
);
5864 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DPYINFO.
5866 *FINISH is X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT if caller should stop reading events.
5867 *FINISH is zero if caller should continue reading events.
5868 *FINISH is X_EVENT_DROP if event should not be passed to the toolkit.
5870 We return the number of characters stored into the buffer. */
5873 handle_one_xevent (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, XEvent
*eventptr
,
5874 int *finish
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
5877 struct input_event ie
;
5878 struct selection_input_event sie
;
5882 ptrdiff_t nbytes
= 0;
5883 struct frame
*f
= NULL
;
5884 struct coding_system coding
;
5885 XEvent event
= *eventptr
;
5886 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
5889 *finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
5891 EVENT_INIT (inev
.ie
);
5892 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
;
5895 if (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
== event
.type
)
5896 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0; /* Indicates we got it. */
5902 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
5903 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
5904 && event
.xclient
.format
== 32)
5906 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5907 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
)
5909 /* Use x_any_window_to_frame because this
5910 could be the shell widget window
5911 if the frame has no title bar. */
5912 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
5914 /* Not quite sure this is needed -pd */
5915 if (f
&& FRAME_XIC (f
))
5916 XSetICFocus (FRAME_XIC (f
));
5918 #if 0 /* Emacs sets WM hints whose `input' field is `true'. This
5919 instructs the WM to set the input focus automatically for
5920 Emacs with a call to XSetInputFocus. Setting WM_TAKE_FOCUS
5921 tells the WM to send us a ClientMessage WM_TAKE_FOCUS after
5922 it has set the focus. So, XSetInputFocus below is not
5925 The call to XSetInputFocus below has also caused trouble. In
5926 cases where the XSetInputFocus done by the WM and the one
5927 below are temporally close (on a fast machine), the call
5928 below can generate additional FocusIn events which confuse
5931 /* Since we set WM_TAKE_FOCUS, we must call
5932 XSetInputFocus explicitly. But not if f is null,
5933 since that might be an event for a deleted frame. */
5936 Display
*d
= event
.xclient
.display
;
5937 /* Catch and ignore errors, in case window has been
5938 iconified by a window manager such as GWM. */
5940 XSetInputFocus (d
, event
.xclient
.window
,
5941 /* The ICCCM says this is
5942 the only valid choice. */
5944 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1]);
5945 /* This is needed to detect the error
5946 if there is an error. */
5948 x_uncatch_errors ();
5950 /* Not certain about handling scroll bars here */
5955 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5956 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
)
5958 /* Save state modify the WM_COMMAND property to
5959 something which can reinstate us. This notifies
5960 the session manager, who's looking for such a
5961 PropertyNotify. Can restart processing when
5962 a keyboard or mouse event arrives. */
5963 /* If we have a session manager, don't set this.
5964 KDE will then start two Emacsen, one for the
5965 session manager and one for this. */
5967 if (! x_session_have_connection ())
5970 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5971 event
.xclient
.window
);
5972 /* This is just so we only give real data once
5973 for a single Emacs process. */
5974 if (f
== SELECTED_FRAME ())
5975 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5976 event
.xclient
.window
,
5977 initial_argv
, initial_argc
);
5979 XSetCommand (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
5980 event
.xclient
.window
,
5986 if (event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0]
5987 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
)
5989 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
,
5990 event
.xclient
.window
);
5992 goto OTHER
; /* May be a dialog that is to be removed */
5994 inev
.ie
.kind
= DELETE_WINDOW_EVENT
;
5995 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6002 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6003 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
)
6008 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6009 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
)
6012 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6014 new_x
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[0];
6015 new_y
= event
.xclient
.data
.s
[1];
6019 f
->left_pos
= new_x
;
6026 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6027 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
)
6029 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6031 _XEditResCheckMessages (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, NULL
,
6035 #endif /* HACK_EDITRES */
6037 if ((event
.xclient
.message_type
6038 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
)
6039 || (event
.xclient
.message_type
6040 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
))
6042 /* Ghostview job completed. Kill it. We could
6043 reply with "Next" if we received "Page", but we
6044 currently never do because we are interested in
6045 images, only, which should have 1 page. */
6046 Pixmap pixmap
= (Pixmap
) event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6047 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6050 x_kill_gs_process (pixmap
, f
);
6051 expose_frame (f
, 0, 0, 0, 0);
6055 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6056 /* Scroll bar callbacks send a ClientMessage from which
6057 we construct an input_event. */
6058 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6059 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
)
6061 x_scroll_bar_to_input_event (&event
, &inev
.ie
);
6062 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6065 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6067 /* XEmbed messages from the embedder (if any). */
6068 if (event
.xclient
.message_type
6069 == dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
)
6071 enum xembed_message msg
= event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1];
6072 if (msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_IN
|| msg
== XEMBED_FOCUS_OUT
)
6073 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6075 *finish
= X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
;
6079 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6081 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xclient
.window
);
6084 if (x_handle_dnd_message (f
, &event
.xclient
, dpyinfo
, &inev
.ie
))
6085 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6089 case SelectionNotify
:
6090 last_user_time
= event
.xselection
.time
;
6091 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6092 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselection
.requestor
))
6094 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6095 x_handle_selection_notify (&event
.xselection
);
6098 case SelectionClear
: /* Someone has grabbed ownership. */
6099 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionclear
.time
;
6100 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6101 if (! x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionclear
.window
))
6103 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6105 XSelectionClearEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionclear
);
6107 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_CLEAR_EVENT
;
6108 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6109 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6110 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6114 case SelectionRequest
: /* Someone wants our selection. */
6115 last_user_time
= event
.xselectionrequest
.time
;
6116 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6117 if (!x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xselectionrequest
.owner
))
6119 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6121 XSelectionRequestEvent
*eventp
= &(event
.xselectionrequest
);
6123 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECTION_REQUEST_EVENT
;
6124 SELECTION_EVENT_DISPLAY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->display
;
6125 SELECTION_EVENT_REQUESTOR (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->requestor
;
6126 SELECTION_EVENT_SELECTION (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->selection
;
6127 SELECTION_EVENT_TARGET (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->target
;
6128 SELECTION_EVENT_PROPERTY (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->property
;
6129 SELECTION_EVENT_TIME (&inev
.sie
) = eventp
->time
;
6133 case PropertyNotify
:
6134 last_user_time
= event
.xproperty
.time
;
6135 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xproperty
.window
);
6136 if (f
&& event
.xproperty
.atom
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
)
6137 if (x_handle_net_wm_state (f
, &event
.xproperty
) && f
->iconified
6138 && f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
)
6140 /* Gnome shell does not iconify us when C-z is pressed. It hides
6141 the frame. So if our state says we aren't hidden anymore,
6142 treat it as deiconified. */
6143 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6144 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6145 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6146 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6147 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6148 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 0;
6149 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6150 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6153 x_handle_property_notify (&event
.xproperty
);
6154 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6157 case ReparentNotify
:
6158 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xreparent
.window
);
6162 f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
= event
.xreparent
.parent
;
6163 x_real_positions (f
, &x
, &y
);
6167 /* Perhaps reparented due to a WM restart. Reset this. */
6168 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
6169 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->net_supported_window
= 0;
6171 x_set_frame_alpha (f
);
6176 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xexpose
.window
);
6180 /* This seems to be needed for GTK 2.6. */
6181 x_clear_area (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6182 event
.xexpose
.window
,
6183 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6184 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
,
6187 if (f
->async_visible
== 0)
6189 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6190 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6191 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6192 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6196 event
.xexpose
.x
, event
.xexpose
.y
,
6197 event
.xexpose
.width
, event
.xexpose
.height
);
6201 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6202 struct scroll_bar
*bar
;
6204 #if defined USE_LUCID
6205 /* Submenus of the Lucid menu bar aren't widgets
6206 themselves, so there's no way to dispatch events
6207 to them. Recognize this case separately. */
6210 = x_window_to_menu_bar (event
.xexpose
.window
);
6212 xlwmenu_redisplay (widget
);
6214 #endif /* USE_LUCID */
6216 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6217 /* Dispatch event to the widget. */
6219 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6220 bar
= x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xexpose
.display
,
6221 event
.xexpose
.window
);
6224 x_scroll_bar_expose (bar
, &event
);
6225 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6228 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6229 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6233 case GraphicsExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6234 source area was obscured or not
6236 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.drawable
);
6240 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.x
, event
.xgraphicsexpose
.y
,
6241 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.width
,
6242 event
.xgraphicsexpose
.height
);
6244 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6247 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
6250 case NoExpose
: /* This occurs when an XCopyArea's
6251 source area was completely
6256 /* Redo the mouse-highlight after the tooltip has gone. */
6257 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6260 redo_mouse_highlight ();
6263 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xunmap
.window
);
6264 if (f
) /* F may no longer exist if
6265 the frame was deleted. */
6267 /* While a frame is unmapped, display generation is
6268 disabled; you don't want to spend time updating a
6269 display that won't ever be seen. */
6270 f
->async_visible
= 0;
6271 /* We can't distinguish, from the event, whether the window
6272 has become iconified or invisible. So assume, if it
6273 was previously visible, than now it is iconified.
6274 But x_make_frame_invisible clears both
6275 the visible flag and the iconified flag;
6276 and that way, we know the window is not iconified now. */
6277 if (FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) || FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
))
6279 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
6281 inev
.ie
.kind
= ICONIFY_EVENT
;
6282 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6288 if (event
.xmap
.window
== tip_window
)
6289 /* The tooltip has been drawn already. Avoid
6290 the SET_FRAME_GARBAGED below. */
6293 /* We use x_top_window_to_frame because map events can
6294 come for sub-windows and they don't mean that the
6295 frame is visible. */
6296 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmap
.window
);
6299 /* wait_reading_process_output will notice this and update
6300 the frame's display structures.
6301 If we where iconified, we should not set garbaged,
6302 because that stops redrawing on Expose events. This looks
6303 bad if we are called from a recursive event loop
6304 (x_dispatch_event), for example when a dialog is up. */
6305 if (! f
->async_iconified
)
6306 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6308 /* Check if fullscreen was specified before we where mapped the
6309 first time, i.e. from the command line. */
6310 if (!f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
)
6311 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
6313 f
->async_visible
= 1;
6314 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
6315 f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
= 1;
6319 inev
.ie
.kind
= DEICONIFY_EVENT
;
6320 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6322 else if (! NILP (Vframe_list
)
6323 && ! NILP (XCDR (Vframe_list
)))
6324 /* Force a redisplay sooner or later
6325 to update the frame titles
6326 in case this is the second frame. */
6327 record_asynch_buffer_change ();
6330 xg_frame_resized (f
, -1, -1);
6337 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6338 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6340 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6341 /* Dispatch KeyPress events when in menu. */
6342 if (popup_activated ())
6346 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xkey
.window
);
6348 /* If mouse-highlight is an integer, input clears out
6349 mouse highlighting. */
6350 if (!hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
&& INTEGERP (Vmouse_highlight
)
6352 || !EQ (f
->tool_bar_window
, hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
)))
6354 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6355 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 1;
6358 #if defined USE_MOTIF && defined USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6361 /* Scroll bars consume key events, but we want
6362 the keys to go to the scroll bar's frame. */
6363 Widget widget
= XtWindowToWidget (dpyinfo
->display
,
6365 if (widget
&& XmIsScrollBar (widget
))
6367 widget
= XtParent (widget
);
6368 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, XtWindow (widget
));
6371 #endif /* USE_MOTIF and USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6375 KeySym keysym
, orig_keysym
;
6376 /* al%imercury@uunet.uu.net says that making this 81
6377 instead of 80 fixed a bug whereby meta chars made
6380 It seems that some version of XmbLookupString has
6381 a bug of not returning XBufferOverflow in
6382 status_return even if the input is too long to
6383 fit in 81 bytes. So, we must prepare sufficient
6384 bytes for copy_buffer. 513 bytes (256 chars for
6385 two-byte character set) seems to be a fairly good
6386 approximation. -- 2000.8.10 handa@etl.go.jp */
6387 unsigned char copy_buffer
[513];
6388 unsigned char *copy_bufptr
= copy_buffer
;
6389 int copy_bufsiz
= sizeof (copy_buffer
);
6391 Lisp_Object coding_system
= Qlatin_1
;
6395 /* Don't pass keys to GTK. A Tab will shift focus to the
6396 tool bar in GTK 2.4. Keys will still go to menus and
6397 dialogs because in that case popup_activated is TRUE
6399 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6403 |= x_emacs_to_x_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
),
6404 extra_keyboard_modifiers
);
6405 modifiers
= event
.xkey
.state
;
6407 /* This will have to go some day... */
6409 /* make_lispy_event turns chars into control chars.
6410 Don't do it here because XLookupString is too eager. */
6411 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~ControlMask
;
6412 event
.xkey
.state
&= ~(dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
6413 | dpyinfo
->super_mod_mask
6414 | dpyinfo
->hyper_mod_mask
6415 | dpyinfo
->alt_mod_mask
);
6417 /* In case Meta is ComposeCharacter,
6418 clear its status. According to Markus Ehrnsperger
6419 Markus.Ehrnsperger@lehrstuhl-bross.physik.uni-muenchen.de
6420 this enables ComposeCharacter to work whether or
6421 not it is combined with Meta. */
6422 if (modifiers
& dpyinfo
->meta_mod_mask
)
6423 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6428 Status status_return
;
6430 coding_system
= Vlocale_coding_system
;
6431 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6432 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6433 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6435 if (status_return
== XBufferOverflow
)
6437 copy_bufsiz
= nbytes
+ 1;
6438 copy_bufptr
= alloca (copy_bufsiz
);
6439 nbytes
= XmbLookupString (FRAME_XIC (f
),
6440 &event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6441 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6444 /* Xutf8LookupString is a new but already deprecated interface. -stef */
6445 if (status_return
== XLookupNone
)
6447 else if (status_return
== XLookupChars
)
6452 else if (status_return
!= XLookupKeySym
6453 && status_return
!= XLookupBoth
)
6457 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6458 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6461 nbytes
= XLookupString (&event
.xkey
, (char *) copy_bufptr
,
6462 copy_bufsiz
, &keysym
,
6466 /* If not using XIM/XIC, and a compose sequence is in progress,
6467 we break here. Otherwise, chars_matched is always 0. */
6468 if (compose_status
.chars_matched
> 0 && nbytes
== 0)
6471 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6472 orig_keysym
= keysym
;
6474 /* Common for all keysym input events. */
6475 XSETFRAME (inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
, f
);
6477 = x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
), modifiers
);
6478 inev
.ie
.timestamp
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6480 /* First deal with keysyms which have defined
6481 translations to characters. */
6482 if (keysym
>= 32 && keysym
< 128)
6483 /* Avoid explicitly decoding each ASCII character. */
6485 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6486 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6490 /* Keysyms directly mapped to Unicode characters. */
6491 if (keysym
>= 0x01000000 && keysym
<= 0x0110FFFF)
6493 if (keysym
< 0x01000080)
6494 inev
.ie
.kind
= ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6496 inev
.ie
.kind
= MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6497 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
& 0xFFFFFF;
6501 /* Now non-ASCII. */
6502 if (HASH_TABLE_P (Vx_keysym_table
)
6503 && (c
= Fgethash (make_number (keysym
),
6508 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (XFASTINT (c
))
6509 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6510 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6511 inev
.ie
.code
= XFASTINT (c
);
6515 /* Random non-modifier sorts of keysyms. */
6516 if (((keysym
>= XK_BackSpace
&& keysym
<= XK_Escape
)
6517 || keysym
== XK_Delete
6518 #ifdef XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6519 || (keysym
>= XK_ISO_Left_Tab
6520 && keysym
<= XK_ISO_Enter
)
6522 || IsCursorKey (keysym
) /* 0xff50 <= x < 0xff60 */
6523 || IsMiscFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xff60 <= x < VARIES */
6525 /* This recognizes the "extended function
6526 keys". It seems there's no cleaner way.
6527 Test IsModifierKey to avoid handling
6528 mode_switch incorrectly. */
6529 || (XK_Select
<= keysym
&& keysym
< XK_KP_Space
)
6531 #ifdef XK_dead_circumflex
6532 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_circumflex
6534 #ifdef XK_dead_grave
6535 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_grave
6537 #ifdef XK_dead_tilde
6538 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_tilde
6540 #ifdef XK_dead_diaeresis
6541 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_diaeresis
6543 #ifdef XK_dead_macron
6544 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_macron
6546 #ifdef XK_dead_degree
6547 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_degree
6549 #ifdef XK_dead_acute
6550 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_acute
6552 #ifdef XK_dead_cedilla
6553 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_cedilla
6555 #ifdef XK_dead_breve
6556 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_breve
6558 #ifdef XK_dead_ogonek
6559 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_ogonek
6561 #ifdef XK_dead_caron
6562 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_caron
6564 #ifdef XK_dead_doubleacute
6565 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_doubleacute
6567 #ifdef XK_dead_abovedot
6568 || orig_keysym
== XK_dead_abovedot
6570 || IsKeypadKey (keysym
) /* 0xff80 <= x < 0xffbe */
6571 || IsFunctionKey (keysym
) /* 0xffbe <= x < 0xffe1 */
6572 /* Any "vendor-specific" key is ok. */
6573 || (orig_keysym
& (1 << 28))
6574 || (keysym
!= NoSymbol
&& nbytes
== 0))
6575 && ! (IsModifierKey (orig_keysym
)
6576 /* The symbols from XK_ISO_Lock
6577 to XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6578 don't have real modifiers but
6579 should be treated similarly to
6580 Mode_switch by Emacs. */
6581 #if defined XK_ISO_Lock && defined XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
6582 || (XK_ISO_Lock
<= orig_keysym
6583 && orig_keysym
<= XK_ISO_Last_Group_Lock
)
6587 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (keysym
);
6588 /* make_lispy_event will convert this to a symbolic
6590 inev
.ie
.kind
= NON_ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
;
6591 inev
.ie
.code
= keysym
;
6595 { /* Raw bytes, not keysym. */
6599 for (i
= 0, nchars
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
++)
6601 if (ASCII_BYTE_P (copy_bufptr
[i
]))
6603 STORE_KEYSYM_FOR_DEBUG (copy_bufptr
[i
]);
6606 if (nchars
< nbytes
)
6608 /* Decode the input data. */
6610 /* The input should be decoded with `coding_system'
6611 which depends on which X*LookupString function
6612 we used just above and the locale. */
6613 setup_coding_system (coding_system
, &coding
);
6614 coding
.src_multibyte
= 0;
6615 coding
.dst_multibyte
= 1;
6616 /* The input is converted to events, thus we can't
6617 handle composition. Anyway, there's no XIM that
6618 gives us composition information. */
6619 coding
.common_flags
&= ~CODING_ANNOTATION_MASK
;
6621 SAFE_NALLOCA (coding
.destination
, MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
,
6623 coding
.dst_bytes
= MAX_MULTIBYTE_LENGTH
* nbytes
;
6624 coding
.mode
|= CODING_MODE_LAST_BLOCK
;
6625 decode_coding_c_string (&coding
, copy_bufptr
, nbytes
, Qnil
);
6626 nbytes
= coding
.produced
;
6627 nchars
= coding
.produced_char
;
6628 copy_bufptr
= coding
.destination
;
6631 /* Convert the input data to a sequence of
6632 character events. */
6633 for (i
= 0; i
< nbytes
; i
+= len
)
6636 if (nchars
== nbytes
)
6637 ch
= copy_bufptr
[i
], len
= 1;
6639 ch
= STRING_CHAR_AND_LENGTH (copy_bufptr
+ i
, len
);
6640 inev
.ie
.kind
= (SINGLE_BYTE_CHAR_P (ch
)
6641 ? ASCII_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
6642 : MULTIBYTE_CHAR_KEYSTROKE_EVENT
);
6644 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
6649 inev
.ie
.kind
= NO_EVENT
; /* Already stored above. */
6651 if (keysym
== NoSymbol
)
6657 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6658 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6666 last_user_time
= event
.xkey
.time
;
6668 /* Don't dispatch this event since XtDispatchEvent calls
6669 XFilterEvent, and two calls in a row may freeze the
6677 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6678 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6680 f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6682 if (f
&& x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
)
6683 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= event
.xmotion
.time
+ 200;
6685 /* EnterNotify counts as mouse movement,
6686 so update things that depend on mouse position. */
6687 if (f
&& !f
->output_data
.x
->hourglass_p
)
6688 note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
);
6690 /* We may get an EnterNotify on the buttons in the toolbar. In that
6691 case we moved out of any highlighted area and need to note this. */
6692 if (!f
&& last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6693 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6698 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6702 last_user_time
= event
.xcrossing
.time
;
6703 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6705 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xcrossing
.window
);
6708 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
6710 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6711 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6712 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6713 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
6716 /* Generate a nil HELP_EVENT to cancel a help-echo.
6717 Do it only if there's something to cancel.
6718 Otherwise, the startup message is cleared when
6719 the mouse leaves the frame. */
6720 if (any_help_event_p
)
6724 /* See comment in EnterNotify above */
6725 else if (last_mouse_glyph_frame
)
6726 note_mouse_movement (last_mouse_glyph_frame
, &event
.xmotion
);
6731 x_detect_focus_change (dpyinfo
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6736 last_user_time
= event
.xmotion
.time
;
6737 previous_help_echo_string
= help_echo_string
;
6738 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
6740 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
&& last_mouse_frame
6741 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6742 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6744 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xmotion
.window
);
6746 if (hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
)
6748 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
6749 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6753 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6759 /* Generate SELECT_WINDOW_EVENTs when needed.
6760 Don't let popup menus influence things (bug#1261). */
6761 if (!NILP (Vmouse_autoselect_window
) && !popup_activated ())
6765 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
,
6766 event
.xmotion
.x
, event
.xmotion
.y
,
6769 /* Window will be selected only when it is not selected now and
6770 last mouse movement event was not in it. Minibuffer window
6771 will be selected only when it is active. */
6772 if (WINDOWP (window
)
6773 && !EQ (window
, last_window
)
6774 && !EQ (window
, selected_window
)
6775 /* For click-to-focus window managers
6776 create event iff we don't leave the
6778 && (focus_follows_mouse
6779 || (EQ (XWINDOW (window
)->frame
,
6780 XWINDOW (selected_window
)->frame
))))
6782 inev
.ie
.kind
= SELECT_WINDOW_EVENT
;
6783 inev
.ie
.frame_or_window
= window
;
6788 if (!note_mouse_movement (f
, &event
.xmotion
))
6789 help_echo_string
= previous_help_echo_string
;
6793 #ifndef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6794 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6795 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xmotion
.display
,
6796 event
.xmotion
.window
);
6799 x_scroll_bar_note_movement (bar
, &event
);
6800 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6802 /* If we move outside the frame, then we're
6803 certainly no longer on any text in the frame. */
6804 clear_mouse_face (hlinfo
);
6807 /* If the contents of the global variable help_echo_string
6808 has changed, generate a HELP_EVENT. */
6809 if (!NILP (help_echo_string
)
6810 || !NILP (previous_help_echo_string
))
6815 case ConfigureNotify
:
6816 f
= x_top_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
);
6819 && (f
= x_any_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xconfigure
.window
))
6820 && event
.xconfigure
.window
== FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
6822 xg_frame_resized (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
,
6823 event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6829 #ifndef USE_X_TOOLKIT
6831 int rows
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, event
.xconfigure
.height
);
6832 int columns
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, event
.xconfigure
.width
);
6834 /* In the toolkit version, change_frame_size
6835 is called by the code that handles resizing
6836 of the EmacsFrame widget. */
6838 /* Even if the number of character rows and columns has
6839 not changed, the font size may have changed, so we need
6840 to check the pixel dimensions as well. */
6841 if (columns
!= FRAME_COLS (f
)
6842 || rows
!= FRAME_LINES (f
)
6843 || event
.xconfigure
.width
!= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6844 || event
.xconfigure
.height
!= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
))
6846 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, columns
, 0, 1, 0);
6847 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
6848 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
6851 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.width
;
6852 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = event
.xconfigure
.height
;
6853 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
6857 /* GTK creates windows but doesn't map them.
6858 Only get real positions when mapped. */
6859 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)
6860 && gtk_widget_get_mapped (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)))
6863 x_real_positions (f
, &f
->left_pos
, &f
->top_pos
);
6867 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
))
6868 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
6877 /* If we decide we want to generate an event to be seen
6878 by the rest of Emacs, we put it here. */
6881 memset (&compose_status
, 0, sizeof (compose_status
));
6882 last_mouse_glyph_frame
= 0;
6883 last_user_time
= event
.xbutton
.time
;
6885 if (dpyinfo
->grabbed
6887 && FRAME_LIVE_P (last_mouse_frame
))
6888 f
= last_mouse_frame
;
6890 f
= x_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, event
.xbutton
.window
);
6893 if (f
&& xg_event_is_for_scrollbar (f
, &event
))
6898 /* Is this in the tool-bar? */
6899 if (WINDOWP (f
->tool_bar_window
)
6900 && WINDOW_TOTAL_LINES (XWINDOW (f
->tool_bar_window
)))
6903 int x
= event
.xbutton
.x
;
6904 int y
= event
.xbutton
.y
;
6906 window
= window_from_coordinates (f
, x
, y
, 0, 1);
6907 tool_bar_p
= EQ (window
, f
->tool_bar_window
);
6909 if (tool_bar_p
&& event
.xbutton
.button
< 4)
6911 handle_tool_bar_click (f
, x
, y
,
6912 event
.xbutton
.type
== ButtonPress
,
6913 x_x_to_emacs_modifiers (dpyinfo
,
6914 event
.xbutton
.state
));
6919 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6920 if (! popup_activated ())
6923 if (ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
)
6925 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
6926 && (int)(event
.xbutton
.time
- ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
) > 0)
6928 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6929 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6931 if (event
.type
== ButtonRelease
)
6932 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
6935 construct_mouse_click (&inev
.ie
, &event
.xbutton
, f
);
6937 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
6938 xembed_send_message (f
, event
.xbutton
.time
,
6939 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
6943 struct scroll_bar
*bar
6944 = x_window_to_scroll_bar (event
.xbutton
.display
,
6945 event
.xbutton
.window
);
6947 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
6948 /* Make the "Ctrl-Mouse-2 splits window" work for toolkit
6950 if (bar
&& event
.xbutton
.state
& ControlMask
)
6952 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6953 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
6955 #else /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6957 x_scroll_bar_handle_click (bar
, &event
, &inev
.ie
);
6958 #endif /* not USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
6961 if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
6963 dpyinfo
->grabbed
|= (1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6964 last_mouse_frame
= f
;
6967 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
6970 dpyinfo
->grabbed
&= ~(1 << event
.xbutton
.button
);
6972 /* Ignore any mouse motion that happened before this event;
6973 any subsequent mouse-movement Emacs events should reflect
6974 only motion after the ButtonPress/Release. */
6978 #if defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) || defined (USE_GTK)
6979 f
= x_menubar_window_to_frame (dpyinfo
, &event
);
6980 /* For a down-event in the menu bar,
6981 don't pass it to Xt right now.
6982 Instead, save it away
6983 and we will pass it to Xt from kbd_buffer_get_event.
6984 That way, we can run some Lisp code first. */
6985 if (! popup_activated ()
6987 /* Gtk+ menus only react to the first three buttons. */
6988 && event
.xbutton
.button
< 3
6990 && f
&& event
.type
== ButtonPress
6991 /* Verify the event is really within the menu bar
6992 and not just sent to it due to grabbing. */
6993 && event
.xbutton
.x
>= 0
6994 && event
.xbutton
.x
< FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)
6995 && event
.xbutton
.y
>= 0
6996 && event
.xbutton
.y
< f
->output_data
.x
->menubar_height
6997 && event
.xbutton
.same_screen
)
6999 SET_SAVED_BUTTON_EVENT
;
7000 XSETFRAME (last_mouse_press_frame
, f
);
7001 *finish
= X_EVENT_DROP
;
7003 else if (event
.type
== ButtonPress
)
7005 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
7010 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT || USE_GTK */
7014 case CirculateNotify
:
7017 case CirculateRequest
:
7020 case VisibilityNotify
:
7024 /* Someone has changed the keyboard mapping - update the
7026 switch (event
.xmapping
.request
)
7028 case MappingModifier
:
7029 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
7030 /* This is meant to fall through. */
7031 case MappingKeyboard
:
7032 XRefreshKeyboardMapping (&event
.xmapping
);
7037 xft_settings_event (dpyinfo
, &event
);
7042 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
7044 if (*finish
!= X_EVENT_DROP
)
7045 XtDispatchEvent (&event
);
7047 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
7052 if (inev
.ie
.kind
!= NO_EVENT
)
7054 kbd_buffer_store_event_hold (&inev
.ie
, hold_quit
);
7059 && !(hold_quit
&& hold_quit
->kind
!= NO_EVENT
))
7064 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
7070 any_help_event_p
= 1;
7071 gen_help_event (help_echo_string
, frame
, help_echo_window
,
7072 help_echo_object
, help_echo_pos
);
7076 help_echo_string
= Qnil
;
7077 gen_help_event (Qnil
, frame
, Qnil
, Qnil
, 0);
7087 #if defined USE_GTK || defined USE_X_TOOLKIT
7089 /* Handles the XEvent EVENT on display DISPLAY.
7090 This is used for event loops outside the normal event handling,
7091 i.e. looping while a popup menu or a dialog is posted.
7093 Returns the value handle_one_xevent sets in the finish argument. */
7095 x_dispatch_event (XEvent
*event
, Display
*display
)
7097 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
7098 int finish
= X_EVENT_NORMAL
;
7100 dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (display
);
7103 handle_one_xevent (dpyinfo
, event
, &finish
, 0);
7110 /* Read events coming from the X server.
7111 Return as soon as there are no more events to be read.
7113 Return the number of characters stored into the buffer,
7114 thus pretending to be `read' (except the characters we store
7115 in the keyboard buffer can be multibyte, so are not necessarily
7119 XTread_socket (struct terminal
*terminal
, struct input_event
*hold_quit
)
7122 int event_found
= 0;
7126 /* So people can tell when we have read the available input. */
7127 input_signal_count
++;
7129 /* For debugging, this gives a way to fake an I/O error. */
7130 if (terminal
->display_info
.x
== XTread_socket_fake_io_error
)
7132 XTread_socket_fake_io_error
= 0;
7133 x_io_error_quitter (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
);
7137 while (XPending (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
))
7142 XNextEvent (terminal
->display_info
.x
->display
, &event
);
7145 /* Filter events for the current X input method. */
7146 if (x_filter_event (terminal
->display_info
.x
, &event
))
7151 count
+= handle_one_xevent (terminal
->display_info
.x
,
7152 &event
, &finish
, hold_quit
);
7154 if (finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7162 /* For GTK we must use the GTK event loop. But XEvents gets passed
7163 to our filter function above, and then to the big event switch.
7164 We use a bunch of globals to communicate with our filter function,
7165 that is kind of ugly, but it works.
7167 There is no way to do one display at the time, GTK just does events
7168 from all displays. */
7170 while (gtk_events_pending ())
7172 current_count
= count
;
7173 current_hold_quit
= hold_quit
;
7175 gtk_main_iteration ();
7177 count
= current_count
;
7179 current_hold_quit
= 0;
7181 if (current_finish
== X_EVENT_GOTO_OUT
)
7184 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7186 /* On some systems, an X bug causes Emacs to get no more events
7187 when the window is destroyed. Detect that. (1994.) */
7190 /* Emacs and the X Server eats up CPU time if XNoOp is done every time.
7191 One XNOOP in 100 loops will make Emacs terminate.
7192 B. Bretthauer, 1994 */
7194 if (x_noop_count
>= 100)
7198 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== 0)
7199 next_noop_dpyinfo
= x_display_list
;
7201 XNoOp (next_noop_dpyinfo
->display
);
7203 /* Each time we get here, cycle through the displays now open. */
7204 next_noop_dpyinfo
= next_noop_dpyinfo
->next
;
7208 /* If the focus was just given to an auto-raising frame,
7210 /* ??? This ought to be able to handle more than one such frame. */
7211 if (pending_autoraise_frame
)
7213 x_raise_frame (pending_autoraise_frame
);
7214 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
7225 /***********************************************************************
7227 ***********************************************************************/
7229 /* Set clipping for output in glyph row ROW. W is the window in which
7230 we operate. GC is the graphics context to set clipping in.
7232 ROW may be a text row or, e.g., a mode line. Text rows must be
7233 clipped to the interior of the window dedicated to text display,
7234 mode lines must be clipped to the whole window. */
7237 x_clip_to_row (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int area
, GC gc
)
7239 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7240 XRectangle clip_rect
;
7241 int window_x
, window_y
, window_width
;
7243 window_box (w
, area
, &window_x
, &window_y
, &window_width
, 0);
7245 clip_rect
.x
= window_x
;
7246 clip_rect
.y
= WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, max (0, row
->y
));
7247 clip_rect
.y
= max (clip_rect
.y
, window_y
);
7248 clip_rect
.width
= window_width
;
7249 clip_rect
.height
= row
->visible_height
;
7251 XSetClipRectangles (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), gc
, 0, 0, &clip_rect
, 1, Unsorted
);
7255 /* Draw a hollow box cursor on window W in glyph row ROW. */
7258 x_draw_hollow_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
)
7260 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7261 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
7262 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7265 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7268 /* Get the glyph the cursor is on. If we can't tell because
7269 the current matrix is invalid or such, give up. */
7270 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7271 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7274 /* Compute frame-relative coordinates for phys cursor. */
7275 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &x
, &y
, &h
);
7276 wd
= w
->phys_cursor_width
;
7278 /* The foreground of cursor_gc is typically the same as the normal
7279 background color, which can cause the cursor box to be invisible. */
7280 xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7281 if (dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
)
7282 XChangeGC (dpy
, dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
, GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7284 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7285 GCForeground
, &xgcv
);
7286 gc
= dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7288 /* Set clipping, draw the rectangle, and reset clipping again. */
7289 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7290 XDrawRectangle (dpy
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), gc
, x
, y
, wd
, h
- 1);
7291 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7295 /* Draw a bar cursor on window W in glyph row ROW.
7297 Implementation note: One would like to draw a bar cursor with an
7298 angle equal to the one given by the font property XA_ITALIC_ANGLE.
7299 Unfortunately, I didn't find a font yet that has this property set.
7303 x_draw_bar_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*row
, int width
, enum text_cursor_kinds kind
)
7305 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (w
->frame
);
7306 struct glyph
*cursor_glyph
;
7308 /* If cursor is out of bounds, don't draw garbage. This can happen
7309 in mini-buffer windows when switching between echo area glyphs
7311 cursor_glyph
= get_phys_cursor_glyph (w
);
7312 if (cursor_glyph
== NULL
)
7314 #ifdef HAVE_XWIDGETS
7315 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== XWIDGET_GLYPH
){
7316 printf("tried avoiding xwidget cursor\n");
7317 return; //experimental avoidance of cursor on xwidget
7320 /* If on an image, draw like a normal cursor. That's usually better
7321 visible than drawing a bar, esp. if the image is large so that
7322 the bar might not be in the window. */
7323 if (cursor_glyph
->type
== IMAGE_GLYPH
)
7325 struct glyph_row
*r
;
7326 r
= MATRIX_ROW (w
->current_matrix
, w
->phys_cursor
.vpos
);
7327 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, r
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7331 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
7332 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
7333 GC gc
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
;
7334 unsigned long mask
= GCForeground
| GCBackground
| GCGraphicsExposures
;
7335 struct face
*face
= FACE_FROM_ID (f
, cursor_glyph
->face_id
);
7338 /* If the glyph's background equals the color we normally draw
7339 the bars cursor in, the bar cursor in its normal color is
7340 invisible. Use the glyph's foreground color instead in this
7341 case, on the assumption that the glyph's colors are chosen so
7342 that the glyph is legible. */
7343 if (face
->background
== f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
)
7344 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= face
->foreground
;
7346 xgcv
.background
= xgcv
.foreground
= f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
;
7347 xgcv
.graphics_exposures
= 0;
7350 XChangeGC (dpy
, gc
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7353 gc
= XCreateGC (dpy
, window
, mask
, &xgcv
);
7354 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->scratch_cursor_gc
= gc
;
7357 x_clip_to_row (w
, row
, TEXT_AREA
, gc
);
7359 if (kind
== BAR_CURSOR
)
7361 int x
= WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
);
7364 width
= FRAME_CURSOR_WIDTH (f
);
7365 width
= min (cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
, width
);
7367 w
->phys_cursor_width
= width
;
7369 /* If the character under cursor is R2L, draw the bar cursor
7370 on the right of its glyph, rather than on the left. */
7371 if ((cursor_glyph
->resolved_level
& 1) != 0)
7372 x
+= cursor_glyph
->pixel_width
- width
;
7374 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
, x
,
7375 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
),
7376 width
, row
->height
);
7380 int dummy_x
, dummy_y
, dummy_h
;
7383 width
= row
->height
;
7385 width
= min (row
->height
, width
);
7387 get_phys_cursor_geometry (w
, row
, cursor_glyph
, &dummy_x
,
7388 &dummy_y
, &dummy_h
);
7390 XFillRectangle (dpy
, window
, gc
,
7391 WINDOW_TEXT_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_X (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.x
),
7392 WINDOW_TO_FRAME_PIXEL_Y (w
, w
->phys_cursor
.y
+
7393 row
->height
- width
),
7394 w
->phys_cursor_width
, width
);
7397 XSetClipMask (dpy
, gc
, None
);
7402 /* RIF: Define cursor CURSOR on frame F. */
7405 x_define_frame_cursor (struct frame
*f
, Cursor cursor
)
7407 if (!f
->pointer_invisible
7408 && f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
!= cursor
)
7409 XDefineCursor (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
), cursor
);
7410 f
->output_data
.x
->current_cursor
= cursor
;
7414 /* RIF: Clear area on frame F. */
7417 x_clear_frame_area (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
, int width
, int height
)
7419 x_clear_area (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
7420 x
, y
, width
, height
, False
);
7422 /* Must queue a redraw, because scroll bars might have been cleared. */
7423 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
7424 gtk_widget_queue_draw (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
));
7429 /* RIF: Draw cursor on window W. */
7432 x_draw_window_cursor (struct window
*w
, struct glyph_row
*glyph_row
, int x
, int y
, int cursor_type
, int cursor_width
, int on_p
, int active_p
)
7434 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (WINDOW_FRAME (w
));
7438 w
->phys_cursor_type
= cursor_type
;
7439 w
->phys_cursor_on_p
= 1;
7441 if (glyph_row
->exact_window_width_line_p
7442 && (glyph_row
->reversed_p
7443 ? (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
< 0)
7444 : (w
->phys_cursor
.hpos
>= glyph_row
->used
[TEXT_AREA
])))
7446 glyph_row
->cursor_in_fringe_p
= 1;
7447 draw_fringe_bitmap (w
, glyph_row
, glyph_row
->reversed_p
);
7451 switch (cursor_type
)
7453 case HOLLOW_BOX_CURSOR
:
7454 x_draw_hollow_cursor (w
, glyph_row
);
7457 case FILLED_BOX_CURSOR
:
7458 draw_phys_cursor_glyph (w
, glyph_row
, DRAW_CURSOR
);
7462 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, BAR_CURSOR
);
7466 x_draw_bar_cursor (w
, glyph_row
, cursor_width
, HBAR_CURSOR
);
7470 w
->phys_cursor_width
= 0;
7479 if (w
== XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
))
7480 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
))
7481 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, x
, y
);
7486 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
7493 /* Make the x-window of frame F use the gnu icon bitmap. */
7496 x_bitmap_icon (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object file
)
7498 ptrdiff_t bitmap_id
;
7500 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7503 /* Free up our existing icon bitmap and mask if any. */
7504 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7505 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7506 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7511 /* Use gtk_window_set_icon_from_file () if available,
7512 It's not restricted to bitmaps */
7513 if (xg_set_icon (f
, file
))
7515 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7516 bitmap_id
= x_create_bitmap_from_file (f
, file
);
7517 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, bitmap_id
);
7521 /* Create the GNU bitmap and mask if necessary. */
7522 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
< 0)
7528 if (xg_set_icon (f
, xg_default_icon_file
)
7529 || xg_set_icon_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
))
7532 #elif defined (HAVE_XPM) && defined (HAVE_X_WINDOWS)
7534 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_xpm_data (f
, gnu_xpm_bits
);
7536 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7540 /* If all else fails, use the (black and white) xbm image. */
7543 rc
= x_create_bitmap_from_data (f
, (char *) gnu_xbm_bits
,
7544 gnu_xbm_width
, gnu_xbm_height
);
7548 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
= rc
;
7549 x_create_bitmap_mask (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7553 /* The first time we create the GNU bitmap and mask,
7554 this increments the ref-count one extra time.
7555 As a result, the GNU bitmap and mask are never freed.
7556 That way, we don't have to worry about allocating it again. */
7557 x_reference_bitmap (f
, FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
);
7559 bitmap_id
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->icon_bitmap_id
;
7562 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, bitmap_id
);
7563 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= bitmap_id
;
7569 /* Make the x-window of frame F use a rectangle with text.
7570 Use ICON_NAME as the text. */
7573 x_text_icon (struct frame
*f
, const char *icon_name
)
7575 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) == 0)
7580 text
.value
= (unsigned char *) icon_name
;
7581 text
.encoding
= XA_STRING
;
7583 text
.nitems
= strlen (icon_name
);
7584 XSetWMIconName (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &text
);
7587 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
> 0)
7588 x_destroy_bitmap (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
);
7589 f
->output_data
.x
->icon_bitmap
= 0;
7590 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (f
, 0);
7595 #define X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE 200
7597 /* If non-nil, this should be a string.
7598 It means catch X errors and store the error message in this string.
7600 The reason we use a stack is that x_catch_error/x_uncatch_error can
7601 be called from a signal handler.
7604 struct x_error_message_stack
{
7605 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7607 struct x_error_message_stack
*prev
;
7609 static struct x_error_message_stack
*x_error_message
;
7611 /* An X error handler which stores the error message in
7612 *x_error_message. This is called from x_error_handler if
7613 x_catch_errors is in effect. */
7616 x_error_catcher (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7618 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
,
7619 x_error_message
->string
,
7620 X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7623 /* Begin trapping X errors for display DPY. Actually we trap X errors
7624 for all displays, but DPY should be the display you are actually
7627 After calling this function, X protocol errors no longer cause
7628 Emacs to exit; instead, they are recorded in the string
7629 stored in *x_error_message.
7631 Calling x_check_errors signals an Emacs error if an X error has
7632 occurred since the last call to x_catch_errors or x_check_errors.
7634 Calling x_uncatch_errors resumes the normal error handling. */
7637 x_catch_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7639 struct x_error_message_stack
*data
= xmalloc (sizeof *data
);
7641 /* Make sure any errors from previous requests have been dealt with. */
7645 data
->string
[0] = 0;
7646 data
->prev
= x_error_message
;
7647 x_error_message
= data
;
7650 /* Undo the last x_catch_errors call.
7651 DPY should be the display that was passed to x_catch_errors. */
7654 x_uncatch_errors (void)
7656 struct x_error_message_stack
*tmp
;
7660 /* The display may have been closed before this function is called.
7661 Check if it is still open before calling XSync. */
7662 if (x_display_info_for_display (x_error_message
->dpy
) != 0)
7663 XSync (x_error_message
->dpy
, False
);
7665 tmp
= x_error_message
;
7666 x_error_message
= x_error_message
->prev
;
7671 /* If any X protocol errors have arrived since the last call to
7672 x_catch_errors or x_check_errors, signal an Emacs error using
7673 sprintf (a buffer, FORMAT, the x error message text) as the text. */
7676 x_check_errors (Display
*dpy
, const char *format
)
7678 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7681 if (x_error_message
->string
[0])
7683 char string
[X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
];
7684 memcpy (string
, x_error_message
->string
, X_ERROR_MESSAGE_SIZE
);
7685 x_uncatch_errors ();
7686 error (format
, string
);
7690 /* Nonzero if we had any X protocol errors
7691 since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7694 x_had_errors_p (Display
*dpy
)
7696 /* Make sure to catch any errors incurred so far. */
7699 return x_error_message
->string
[0] != 0;
7702 /* Forget about any errors we have had, since we did x_catch_errors on DPY. */
7705 x_clear_errors (Display
*dpy
)
7707 x_error_message
->string
[0] = 0;
7710 #if 0 /* See comment in unwind_to_catch why calling this is a bad
7711 * idea. --lorentey */
7712 /* Close off all unclosed x_catch_errors calls. */
7715 x_fully_uncatch_errors (void)
7717 while (x_error_message
)
7718 x_uncatch_errors ();
7723 static unsigned int x_wire_count
;
7726 fprintf (stderr
, "Lib call: %d\n", ++x_wire_count
);
7731 /************************************************************************
7733 ************************************************************************/
7735 /* Error message passed to x_connection_closed. */
7737 static char *error_msg
;
7739 /* Handle the loss of connection to display DPY. ERROR_MESSAGE is
7740 the text of an error message that lead to the connection loss. */
7743 x_connection_closed (Display
*dpy
, const char *error_message
)
7745 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= x_display_info_for_display (dpy
);
7746 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
7747 ptrdiff_t idx
= SPECPDL_INDEX ();
7749 error_msg
= alloca (strlen (error_message
) + 1);
7750 strcpy (error_msg
, error_message
);
7752 /* Inhibit redisplay while frames are being deleted. */
7753 specbind (Qinhibit_redisplay
, Qt
);
7757 /* Protect display from being closed when we delete the last
7759 dpyinfo
->reference_count
++;
7760 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
++;
7763 /* First delete frames whose mini-buffers are on frames
7764 that are on the dead display. */
7765 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7767 Lisp_Object minibuf_frame
;
7769 = WINDOW_FRAME (XWINDOW (FRAME_MINIBUF_WINDOW (XFRAME (frame
))));
7770 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7771 && FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
))
7772 && ! EQ (frame
, minibuf_frame
)
7773 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (minibuf_frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7774 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7777 /* Now delete all remaining frames on the dead display.
7778 We are now sure none of these is used as the mini-buffer
7779 for another frame that we need to delete. */
7780 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
7781 if (FRAME_X_P (XFRAME (frame
))
7782 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
)) == dpyinfo
)
7784 /* Set this to t so that delete_frame won't get confused
7785 trying to find a replacement. */
7786 kset_default_minibuffer_frame (FRAME_KBOARD (XFRAME (frame
)), Qt
);
7787 delete_frame (frame
, Qnoelisp
);
7790 /* If DPYINFO is null, this means we didn't open the display in the
7791 first place, so don't try to close it. */
7794 /* We can not call XtCloseDisplay here because it calls XSync.
7795 XSync inside the error handler apparently hangs Emacs. On
7796 current Xt versions, this isn't needed either. */
7798 /* A long-standing GTK bug prevents proper disconnect handling
7799 (https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715). Once,
7800 the resulting Glib error message loop filled a user's disk.
7801 To avoid this, kill Emacs unconditionally on disconnect. */
7802 shut_down_emacs (0, Qnil
);
7803 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n\
7804 When compiled with GTK, Emacs cannot recover from X disconnects.\n\
7805 This is a GTK bug: https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=85715\n\
7806 For details, see etc/PROBLEMS.\n",
7809 #endif /* USE_GTK */
7811 /* Indicate that this display is dead. */
7812 dpyinfo
->display
= 0;
7814 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
7815 dpyinfo
->terminal
->reference_count
--;
7816 if (dpyinfo
->reference_count
!= 0)
7817 /* We have just closed all frames on this display. */
7822 XSETTERMINAL (tmp
, dpyinfo
->terminal
);
7823 Fdelete_terminal (tmp
, Qnoelisp
);
7827 if (terminal_list
== 0)
7829 fprintf (stderr
, "%s\n", error_msg
);
7830 Fkill_emacs (make_number (70));
7834 totally_unblock_input ();
7836 unbind_to (idx
, Qnil
);
7837 clear_waiting_for_input ();
7839 /* Tell GCC not to suggest attribute 'noreturn' for this function. */
7840 IF_LINT (if (! terminal_list
) return; )
7842 /* Here, we absolutely have to use a non-local exit (e.g. signal, throw,
7843 longjmp), because returning from this function would get us back into
7844 Xlib's code which will directly call `exit'. */
7845 error ("%s", error_msg
);
7848 /* We specifically use it before defining it, so that gcc doesn't inline it,
7849 otherwise gdb doesn't know how to properly put a breakpoint on it. */
7850 static void x_error_quitter (Display
*, XErrorEvent
*);
7852 /* This is the first-level handler for X protocol errors.
7853 It calls x_error_quitter or x_error_catcher. */
7856 x_error_handler (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7859 if (event
->error_code
== BadMatch
7860 && event
->request_code
== X_SetInputFocus
7861 && event
->minor_code
== 0)
7867 if (x_error_message
)
7868 x_error_catcher (display
, event
);
7870 x_error_quitter (display
, event
);
7874 /* This is the usual handler for X protocol errors.
7875 It kills all frames on the display that we got the error for.
7876 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7878 /* .gdbinit puts a breakpoint here, so make sure it is not inlined. */
7880 /* On older GCC versions, just putting x_error_quitter
7881 after x_error_handler prevents inlining into the former. */
7883 static void NO_INLINE
7884 x_error_quitter (Display
*display
, XErrorEvent
*event
)
7886 char buf
[256], buf1
[356];
7888 /* Ignore BadName errors. They can happen because of fonts
7889 or colors that are not defined. */
7891 if (event
->error_code
== BadName
)
7894 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
7895 original error handler. */
7897 XGetErrorText (display
, event
->error_code
, buf
, sizeof (buf
));
7898 sprintf (buf1
, "X protocol error: %s on protocol request %d",
7899 buf
, event
->request_code
);
7900 x_connection_closed (display
, buf1
);
7904 /* This is the handler for X IO errors, always.
7905 It kills all frames on the display that we lost touch with.
7906 If that was the only one, it prints an error message and kills Emacs. */
7909 x_io_error_quitter (Display
*display
)
7913 snprintf (buf
, sizeof buf
, "Connection lost to X server `%s'",
7914 DisplayString (display
));
7915 x_connection_closed (display
, buf
);
7919 /* Changing the font of the frame. */
7921 /* Give frame F the font FONT-OBJECT as its default font. The return
7922 value is FONT-OBJECT. FONTSET is an ID of the fontset for the
7923 frame. If it is negative, generate a new fontset from
7927 x_new_font (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object font_object
, int fontset
)
7929 struct font
*font
= XFONT_OBJECT (font_object
);
7932 fontset
= fontset_from_font (font_object
);
7933 FRAME_FONTSET (f
) = fontset
;
7934 if (FRAME_FONT (f
) == font
)
7935 /* This font is already set in frame F. There's nothing more to
7939 FRAME_FONT (f
) = font
;
7940 FRAME_BASELINE_OFFSET (f
) = font
->baseline_offset
;
7941 FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) = font
->average_width
;
7942 FRAME_SPACE_WIDTH (f
) = font
->space_width
;
7943 FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) = FONT_HEIGHT (font
);
7945 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 1);
7947 /* Compute the scroll bar width in character columns. */
7948 if (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) > 0)
7950 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7951 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
)
7952 = (FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_WIDTH (f
) + wid
-1) / wid
;
7956 int wid
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
7957 FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) = (14 + wid
- 1) / wid
;
7960 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
) != 0)
7962 /* Don't change the size of a tip frame; there's no point in
7963 doing it because it's done in Fx_show_tip, and it leads to
7964 problems because the tip frame has no widget. */
7965 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
7966 x_set_window_size (f
, 0, FRAME_COLS (f
), FRAME_LINES (f
));
7971 && (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & (XIMPreeditPosition
| XIMStatusArea
)))
7974 xic_set_xfontset (f
, SSDATA (fontset_ascii (fontset
)));
7983 /***********************************************************************
7985 ***********************************************************************/
7991 /* XIM destroy callback function, which is called whenever the
7992 connection to input method XIM dies. CLIENT_DATA contains a
7993 pointer to the x_display_info structure corresponding to XIM. */
7996 xim_destroy_callback (XIM xim
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
7998 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= (struct x_display_info
*) client_data
;
7999 Lisp_Object frame
, tail
;
8003 /* No need to call XDestroyIC.. */
8004 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8006 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8007 if (FRAME_X_P (f
) && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == dpyinfo
)
8009 FRAME_XIC (f
) = NULL
;
8010 xic_free_xfontset (f
);
8014 /* No need to call XCloseIM. */
8015 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8016 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8020 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6 */
8023 /* This isn't prototyped in OSF 5.0 or 5.1a. */
8024 extern char *XSetIMValues (XIM
, ...);
8027 /* Open the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8028 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name Emacs uses. */
8031 xim_open_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8039 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8040 xim
= XOpenIM (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
, resource_name
,
8047 XIMCallback destroy
;
8050 /* Get supported styles and XIM values. */
8051 XGetIMValues (xim
, XNQueryInputStyle
, &dpyinfo
->xim_styles
, NULL
);
8054 destroy
.callback
= xim_destroy_callback
;
8055 destroy
.client_data
= (XPointer
)dpyinfo
;
8056 XSetIMValues (xim
, XNDestroyCallback
, &destroy
, NULL
);
8062 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8063 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8067 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8069 /* XIM instantiate callback function, which is called whenever an XIM
8070 server is available. DISPLAY is the display of the XIM.
8071 CLIENT_DATA contains a pointer to an xim_inst_t structure created
8072 when the callback was registered. */
8075 xim_instantiate_callback (Display
*display
, XPointer client_data
, XPointer call_data
)
8077 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= (struct xim_inst_t
*) client_data
;
8078 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= xim_inst
->dpyinfo
;
8080 /* We don't support multiple XIM connections. */
8084 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, xim_inst
->resource_name
);
8086 /* Create XIC for the existing frames on the same display, as long
8087 as they have no XIC. */
8088 if (dpyinfo
->xim
&& dpyinfo
->reference_count
> 0)
8090 Lisp_Object tail
, frame
;
8093 FOR_EACH_FRAME (tail
, frame
)
8095 struct frame
*f
= XFRAME (frame
);
8098 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
) == xim_inst
->dpyinfo
)
8099 if (FRAME_XIC (f
) == NULL
)
8101 create_frame_xic (f
);
8102 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMStatusArea
)
8103 xic_set_statusarea (f
);
8104 if (FRAME_XIC_STYLE (f
) & XIMPreeditPosition
)
8106 struct window
*w
= XWINDOW (f
->selected_window
);
8107 xic_set_preeditarea (w
, w
->cursor
.x
, w
->cursor
.y
);
8116 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8119 /* Open a connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO.
8120 RESOURCE_NAME is the resource name for Emacs. On X11R5, open the
8121 connection only at the first time. On X11R6, open the connection
8122 in the XIM instantiate callback function. */
8125 xim_initialize (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
, char *resource_name
)
8127 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8131 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8132 struct xim_inst_t
*xim_inst
= xmalloc (sizeof *xim_inst
);
8135 dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
= xim_inst
;
8136 xim_inst
->dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
;
8137 len
= strlen (resource_name
);
8138 xim_inst
->resource_name
= xmalloc (len
+ 1);
8139 memcpy (xim_inst
->resource_name
, resource_name
, len
+ 1);
8140 XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8141 resource_name
, emacs_class
,
8142 xim_instantiate_callback
,
8143 /* This is XPointer in XFree86
8144 but (XPointer *) on Tru64, at
8145 least, hence the configure test. */
8146 (XRegisterIMInstantiateCallback_arg6
) xim_inst
);
8147 #else /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8148 xim_open_dpy (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
8149 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8151 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8155 /* Close the connection to the XIM server on display DPYINFO. */
8158 xim_close_dpy (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
8163 #ifdef HAVE_X11R6_XIM
8164 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8165 XUnregisterIMInstantiateCallback (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->xrdb
,
8167 xim_instantiate_callback
, NULL
);
8168 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
->resource_name
);
8169 xfree (dpyinfo
->xim_callback_data
);
8170 #endif /* HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8171 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
8172 XCloseIM (dpyinfo
->xim
);
8173 dpyinfo
->xim
= NULL
;
8174 XFree (dpyinfo
->xim_styles
);
8176 #endif /* HAVE_XIM */
8179 #endif /* not HAVE_X11R6_XIM */
8183 /* Calculate the absolute position in frame F
8184 from its current recorded position values and gravity. */
8187 x_calc_absolute_position (struct frame
*f
)
8189 int flags
= f
->size_hint_flags
;
8191 /* We have nothing to do if the current position
8192 is already for the top-left corner. */
8193 if (! ((flags
& XNegative
) || (flags
& YNegative
)))
8196 /* Treat negative positions as relative to the leftmost bottommost
8197 position that fits on the screen. */
8198 if (flags
& XNegative
)
8199 f
->left_pos
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8200 - FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) + f
->left_pos
;
8203 int height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8205 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && defined USE_MOTIF
8206 /* Something is fishy here. When using Motif, starting Emacs with
8207 `-g -0-0', the frame appears too low by a few pixels.
8209 This seems to be so because initially, while Emacs is starting,
8210 the column widget's height and the frame's pixel height are
8211 different. The column widget's height is the right one. In
8212 later invocations, when Emacs is up, the frame's pixel height
8215 It's not obvious where the initial small difference comes from.
8216 2000-12-01, gerd. */
8218 XtVaGetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->column_widget
, XtNheight
, &height
, NULL
);
8221 if (flags
& YNegative
)
8222 f
->top_pos
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
8223 - height
+ f
->top_pos
;
8226 /* The left_pos and top_pos
8227 are now relative to the top and left screen edges,
8228 so the flags should correspond. */
8229 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8232 /* CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1 when calling from Fset_frame_position,
8233 to really change the position, and 0 when calling from
8234 x_make_frame_visible (in that case, XOFF and YOFF are the current
8235 position values). It is -1 when calling from x_set_frame_parameters,
8236 which means, do adjust for borders but don't change the gravity. */
8239 x_set_offset (struct frame
*f
, register int xoff
, register int yoff
, int change_gravity
)
8241 int modified_top
, modified_left
;
8243 if (change_gravity
> 0)
8245 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->left_before_move
= f
->left_pos
;
8246 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->top_before_move
= f
->top_pos
;
8250 f
->size_hint_flags
&= ~ (XNegative
| YNegative
);
8252 f
->size_hint_flags
|= XNegative
;
8254 f
->size_hint_flags
|= YNegative
;
8255 f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8257 x_calc_absolute_position (f
);
8260 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8262 modified_left
= f
->left_pos
;
8263 modified_top
= f
->top_pos
;
8265 if (change_gravity
!= 0 && FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
)
8267 /* Some WMs (twm, wmaker at least) has an offset that is smaller
8268 than the WM decorations. So we use the calculated offset instead
8269 of the WM decoration sizes here (x/y_pixels_outer_diff). */
8270 modified_left
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8271 modified_top
+= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8274 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8275 modified_left
, modified_top
);
8277 x_sync_with_move (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
,
8278 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8281 /* change_gravity is non-zero when this function is called from Lisp to
8282 programmatically move a frame. In that case, we call
8283 x_check_expected_move to discover if we have a "Type A" or "Type B"
8284 window manager, and, for a "Type A" window manager, adjust the position
8287 We call x_check_expected_move if a programmatic move occurred, and
8288 either the window manager type (A/B) is unknown or it is Type A but we
8289 need to compute the top/left offset adjustment for this frame. */
8291 if (change_gravity
!= 0 &&
8292 (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
8293 || (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
== X_WMTYPE_A
8294 && (FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
== 0
8295 && FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
== 0))))
8296 x_check_expected_move (f
, modified_left
, modified_top
);
8301 /* Return non-zero if _NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK window exists and _NET_SUPPORTED
8302 on the root window for frame F contains ATOMNAME.
8303 This is how a WM check shall be done according to the Window Manager
8304 Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8305 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec. */
8308 wm_supports (struct frame
*f
, Atom want_atom
)
8311 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8312 int i
, rc
, actual_format
;
8313 Window wmcheck_window
;
8314 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8315 Window target_window
= dpyinfo
->root_window
;
8316 long max_len
= 65536;
8317 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8318 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8319 Atom target_type
= XA_WINDOW
;
8323 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8324 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8325 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
,
8326 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8327 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8328 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8330 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_WINDOW
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8332 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8333 x_uncatch_errors ();
8338 wmcheck_window
= *(Window
*) tmp_data
;
8341 /* Check if window exists. */
8342 XSelectInput (dpy
, wmcheck_window
, StructureNotifyMask
);
8344 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8346 x_uncatch_errors ();
8351 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
!= wmcheck_window
)
8353 /* Window changed, reload atoms */
8354 if (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
!= NULL
)
8355 XFree (dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
);
8356 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
8357 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
8358 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
8360 target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8362 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, target_window
,
8363 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
,
8364 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8365 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8366 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8368 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= XA_ATOM
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8370 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8371 x_uncatch_errors ();
8376 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= (Atom
*)tmp_data
;
8377 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= actual_size
;
8378 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= wmcheck_window
;
8383 for (i
= 0; rc
== 0 && i
< dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
; ++i
)
8384 rc
= dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
[i
] == want_atom
;
8386 x_uncatch_errors ();
8393 set_wm_state (Lisp_Object frame
, int add
, Atom atom
, Atom value
)
8395 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (XFRAME (frame
));
8397 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8398 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8400 /* 1 = add, 0 = remove */
8402 (make_number (add
? 1 : 0),
8404 (make_fixnum_or_float (atom
),
8406 ? Fcons (make_fixnum_or_float (value
), Qnil
)
8411 x_set_sticky (struct frame
*f
, Lisp_Object new_value
, Lisp_Object old_value
)
8414 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8416 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8418 set_wm_state (frame
, NILP (new_value
) ? 0 : 1,
8419 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
, None
);
8422 /* Return the current _NET_WM_STATE.
8423 SIZE_STATE is set to one of the FULLSCREEN_* values.
8424 STICKY is set to 1 if the sticky state is set, 0 if not.
8426 Return non-zero if we are not hidden, zero if we are. */
8429 get_current_wm_state (struct frame
*f
,
8435 unsigned long actual_size
, bytes_remaining
;
8436 int i
, rc
, actual_format
, is_hidden
= 0;
8437 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8438 long max_len
= 65536;
8439 Display
*dpy
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
);
8440 unsigned char *tmp_data
= NULL
;
8441 Atom target_type
= XA_ATOM
;
8444 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8447 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
8448 rc
= XGetWindowProperty (dpy
, window
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
,
8449 0, max_len
, False
, target_type
,
8450 &actual_type
, &actual_format
, &actual_size
,
8451 &bytes_remaining
, &tmp_data
);
8453 if (rc
!= Success
|| actual_type
!= target_type
|| x_had_errors_p (dpy
))
8455 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8456 x_uncatch_errors ();
8458 return ! f
->iconified
;
8461 x_uncatch_errors ();
8463 for (i
= 0; i
< actual_size
; ++i
)
8465 Atom a
= ((Atom
*)tmp_data
)[i
];
8466 if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
)
8469 f
->output_data
.x
->net_wm_state_hidden_seen
= 1;
8471 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
)
8473 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8474 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8476 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
;
8478 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
)
8480 if (*size_state
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
)
8481 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
;
8483 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
;
8485 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
)
8486 *size_state
= FULLSCREEN_BOTH
;
8487 else if (a
== dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
)
8491 if (tmp_data
) XFree (tmp_data
);
8496 /* Do fullscreen as specified in extended window manager hints */
8499 do_ewmh_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8501 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8502 int have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
);
8505 (void)get_current_wm_state (f
, FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
), &cur
, &dummy
);
8507 /* Some window managers don't say they support _NET_WM_STATE, but they do say
8508 they support _NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN. Try that also. */
8510 have_net_atom
= wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
);
8512 if (have_net_atom
&& cur
!= f
->want_fullscreen
)
8516 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8518 /* Keep number of calls to set_wm_state as low as possible.
8519 Some window managers, or possible Gtk+, hangs when too many
8520 are sent at once. */
8521 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8523 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8524 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
8525 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
)
8526 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8527 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8528 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8530 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8531 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
8532 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8533 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8534 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8535 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8536 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
, None
);
8538 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8539 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
|| cur
== FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
8540 || cur
== FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8541 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
,
8542 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
);
8543 if (cur
!= FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
)
8544 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
, None
);
8546 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8547 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8548 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8549 set_wm_state (frame
, 1, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8550 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8552 case FULLSCREEN_NONE
:
8553 if (cur
== FULLSCREEN_BOTH
)
8554 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
, None
);
8556 set_wm_state (frame
, 0, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
,
8557 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
);
8560 f
->want_fullscreen
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8564 return have_net_atom
;
8568 XTfullscreen_hook (FRAME_PTR f
)
8570 if (f
->async_visible
)
8573 x_check_fullscreen (f
);
8581 x_handle_net_wm_state (struct frame
*f
, XPropertyEvent
*event
)
8583 int value
= FULLSCREEN_NONE
;
8586 int not_hidden
= get_current_wm_state (f
, event
->window
, &value
, &sticky
);
8591 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8594 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8597 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8600 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8605 store_frame_param (f
, Qfullscreen
, lval
);
8606 store_frame_param (f
, Qsticky
, sticky
? Qt
: Qnil
);
8611 /* Check if we need to resize the frame due to a fullscreen request.
8612 If so needed, resize the frame. */
8614 x_check_fullscreen (struct frame
*f
)
8616 if (do_ewmh_fullscreen (f
))
8619 if (f
->output_data
.x
->parent_desc
!= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->root_window
)
8620 return; /* Only fullscreen without WM or with EWM hints (above). */
8622 /* Setting fullscreen to nil doesn't do anything. We could save the
8623 last non-fullscreen size and restore it, but it seems like a
8624 lot of work for this unusual case (no window manager running). */
8626 if (f
->want_fullscreen
!= FULLSCREEN_NONE
)
8628 int width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
), height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8629 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8631 switch (f
->want_fullscreen
)
8633 /* No difference between these two when there is no WM */
8634 case FULLSCREEN_BOTH
:
8635 case FULLSCREEN_MAXIMIZED
:
8636 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8637 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8639 case FULLSCREEN_WIDTH
:
8640 width
= x_display_pixel_width (dpyinfo
);
8642 case FULLSCREEN_HEIGHT
:
8643 height
= x_display_pixel_height (dpyinfo
);
8646 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8651 /* This function is called by x_set_offset to determine whether the window
8652 manager interfered with the positioning of the frame. Type A window
8653 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations a small
8654 amount above and left of the user-supplied position. Type B window
8655 managers position the surrounding window manager decorations at the
8656 user-specified position. If we detect a Type A window manager, we
8657 compensate by moving the window right and down by the proper amount. */
8660 x_check_expected_move (struct frame
*f
, int expected_left
, int expected_top
)
8662 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8664 /* x_real_positions returns the left and top offsets of the outermost
8665 window manager window around the frame. */
8667 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8669 if (current_left
!= expected_left
|| current_top
!= expected_top
)
8671 /* It's a "Type A" window manager. */
8676 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_A
;
8677 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
= expected_left
- current_left
;
8678 FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
= expected_top
- current_top
;
8680 /* Now fix the mispositioned frame's location. */
8682 adjusted_left
= expected_left
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_left
;
8683 adjusted_top
= expected_top
+ FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->move_offset_top
;
8685 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8686 adjusted_left
, adjusted_top
);
8688 x_sync_with_move (f
, expected_left
, expected_top
, 0);
8691 /* It's a "Type B" window manager. We don't have to adjust the
8692 frame's position. */
8694 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_B
;
8698 /* Wait for XGetGeometry to return up-to-date position information for a
8699 recently-moved frame. Call this immediately after calling XMoveWindow.
8700 If FUZZY is non-zero, then LEFT and TOP are just estimates of where the
8701 frame has been moved to, so we use a fuzzy position comparison instead
8702 of an exact comparison. */
8705 x_sync_with_move (struct frame
*f
, int left
, int top
, int fuzzy
)
8709 while (count
++ < 50)
8711 int current_left
= 0, current_top
= 0;
8713 /* In theory, this call to XSync only needs to happen once, but in
8714 practice, it doesn't seem to work, hence the need for the surrounding
8717 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
8718 x_real_positions (f
, ¤t_left
, ¤t_top
);
8722 /* The left fuzz-factor is 10 pixels. The top fuzz-factor is 40
8725 if (eabs (current_left
- left
) <= 10
8726 && eabs (current_top
- top
) <= 40)
8729 else if (current_left
== left
&& current_top
== top
)
8733 /* As a last resort, just wait 0.5 seconds and hope that XGetGeometry
8734 will then return up-to-date position info. */
8736 wait_reading_process_output (0, 500000, 0, 0, Qnil
, NULL
, 0);
8740 /* Wait for an event on frame F matching EVENTTYPE. */
8742 x_wait_for_event (struct frame
*f
, int eventtype
)
8744 int level
= interrupt_input_blocked
;
8747 EMACS_TIME tmo
, tmo_at
, time_now
;
8748 int fd
= ConnectionNumber (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8750 pending_event_wait
.f
= f
;
8751 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= eventtype
;
8753 /* Set timeout to 0.1 second. Hopefully not noticeable.
8754 Maybe it should be configurable. */
8755 tmo
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
8756 tmo_at
= add_emacs_time (current_emacs_time (), tmo
);
8758 while (pending_event_wait
.eventtype
)
8760 pending_signals
= 1;
8761 totally_unblock_input ();
8762 /* XTread_socket is called after unblock. */
8764 interrupt_input_blocked
= level
;
8769 time_now
= current_emacs_time ();
8770 if (EMACS_TIME_LT (tmo_at
, time_now
))
8773 tmo
= sub_emacs_time (tmo_at
, time_now
);
8774 if (pselect (fd
+ 1, &fds
, NULL
, NULL
, &tmo
, NULL
) == 0)
8775 break; /* Timeout */
8777 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
8778 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
8782 /* Change the size of frame F's X window to COLS/ROWS in the case F
8783 doesn't have a widget. If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to
8784 top-left-corner window gravity for this size change and subsequent
8785 size changes. Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8788 x_set_window_size_1 (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8790 int pixelwidth
, pixelheight
;
8792 check_frame_size (f
, &rows
, &cols
);
8793 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8794 = (!FRAME_HAS_VERTICAL_SCROLL_BARS (f
)
8796 : FRAME_CONFIG_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
));
8798 compute_fringe_widths (f
, 0);
8800 pixelwidth
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, cols
)
8801 + FRAME_TOOLBAR_WIDTH (f
);
8802 pixelheight
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, rows
)
8803 + FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
) + FRAME_TOOLBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8805 if (change_gravity
) f
->win_gravity
= NorthWestGravity
;
8806 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 0);
8807 XResizeWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
8808 pixelwidth
, pixelheight
);
8811 /* We've set {FRAME,PIXEL}_{WIDTH,HEIGHT} to the values we hope to
8812 receive in the ConfigureNotify event; if we get what we asked
8813 for, then the event won't cause the screen to become garbaged, so
8814 we have to make sure to do it here. */
8815 SET_FRAME_GARBAGED (f
);
8817 /* Now, strictly speaking, we can't be sure that this is accurate,
8818 but the window manager will get around to dealing with the size
8819 change request eventually, and we'll hear how it went when the
8820 ConfigureNotify event gets here.
8822 We could just not bother storing any of this information here,
8823 and let the ConfigureNotify event set everything up, but that
8824 might be kind of confusing to the Lisp code, since size changes
8825 wouldn't be reported in the frame parameters until some random
8826 point in the future when the ConfigureNotify event arrives.
8828 We pass 1 for DELAY since we can't run Lisp code inside of
8831 /* But the ConfigureNotify may in fact never arrive, and then this is
8832 not right if the frame is visible. Instead wait (with timeout)
8833 for the ConfigureNotify. */
8834 if (f
->async_visible
)
8835 x_wait_for_event (f
, ConfigureNotify
);
8838 change_frame_size (f
, rows
, cols
, 0, 1, 0);
8839 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
) = pixelwidth
;
8840 FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
) = pixelheight
;
8846 /* Call this to change the size of frame F's x-window.
8847 If CHANGE_GRAVITY is 1, we change to top-left-corner window gravity
8848 for this size change and subsequent size changes.
8849 Otherwise we leave the window gravity unchanged. */
8852 x_set_window_size (struct frame
*f
, int change_gravity
, int cols
, int rows
)
8856 if (NILP (tip_frame
) || XFRAME (tip_frame
) != f
)
8860 /* When the frame is maximized/fullscreen or running under for
8861 example Xmonad, x_set_window_size_1 will be a no-op.
8862 In that case, the right thing to do is extend rows/cols to
8863 the current frame size. We do that first if x_set_window_size_1
8864 turns out to not be a no-op (there is no way to know).
8865 The size will be adjusted again if the frame gets a
8866 ConfigureNotify event as a result of x_set_window_size. */
8867 int pixelh
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8868 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
8869 /* The menu bar is not part of text lines. The tool bar
8871 pixelh
-= FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
8873 r
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT_TO_TEXT_LINES (f
, pixelh
);
8874 /* Update f->scroll_bar_actual_width because it is used in
8875 FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS. */
8876 f
->scroll_bar_actual_width
8877 = FRAME_SCROLL_BAR_COLS (f
) * FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
8878 c
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH_TO_TEXT_COLS (f
, FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
));
8879 change_frame_size (f
, r
, c
, 0, 1, 0);
8883 if (FRAME_GTK_WIDGET (f
))
8884 xg_frame_set_char_size (f
, cols
, rows
);
8886 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8887 #else /* not USE_GTK */
8889 x_set_window_size_1 (f
, change_gravity
, cols
, rows
);
8891 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
8893 /* If cursor was outside the new size, mark it as off. */
8894 mark_window_cursors_off (XWINDOW (f
->root_window
));
8896 /* Clear out any recollection of where the mouse highlighting was,
8897 since it might be in a place that's outside the new frame size.
8898 Actually checking whether it is outside is a pain in the neck,
8899 so don't try--just let the highlighting be done afresh with new size. */
8900 cancel_mouse_face (f
);
8905 /* Mouse warping. */
8908 x_set_mouse_position (struct frame
*f
, int x
, int y
)
8912 pix_x
= FRAME_COL_TO_PIXEL_X (f
, x
) + FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
) / 2;
8913 pix_y
= FRAME_LINE_TO_PIXEL_Y (f
, y
) + FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
) / 2;
8915 if (pix_x
< 0) pix_x
= 0;
8916 if (pix_x
> FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
)) pix_x
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
8918 if (pix_y
< 0) pix_y
= 0;
8919 if (pix_y
> FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
)) pix_y
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
8923 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8924 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8928 /* Move the mouse to position pixel PIX_X, PIX_Y relative to frame F. */
8931 x_set_mouse_pixel_position (struct frame
*f
, int pix_x
, int pix_y
)
8935 XWarpPointer (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), None
, FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
),
8936 0, 0, 0, 0, pix_x
, pix_y
);
8940 /* Raise frame F. */
8943 x_raise_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8946 if (f
->async_visible
)
8947 XRaiseWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8949 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8953 /* Lower frame F. */
8956 x_lower_frame (struct frame
*f
)
8958 if (f
->async_visible
)
8961 XLowerWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
));
8962 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
8967 /* Request focus with XEmbed */
8970 xembed_request_focus (FRAME_PTR f
)
8972 /* See XEmbed Protocol Specification at
8973 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/xembed-spec */
8974 if (f
->async_visible
)
8975 xembed_send_message (f
, CurrentTime
,
8976 XEMBED_REQUEST_FOCUS
, 0, 0, 0);
8979 /* Activate frame with Extended Window Manager Hints */
8982 x_ewmh_activate_frame (FRAME_PTR f
)
8984 /* See Window Manager Specification/Extended Window Manager Hints at
8985 http://freedesktop.org/wiki/Specifications/wm-spec */
8987 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
8988 if (f
->async_visible
&& wm_supports (f
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
))
8991 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
8992 x_send_client_event (frame
, make_number (0), frame
,
8993 dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
,
8995 Fcons (make_number (1),
8996 Fcons (make_number (last_user_time
),
9002 XTframe_raise_lower (FRAME_PTR f
, int raise_flag
)
9010 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9012 #if defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK
9014 /* XEmbed implementation. */
9016 #define XEMBED_VERSION 0
9019 xembed_set_info (struct frame
*f
, enum xembed_info flags
)
9021 unsigned long data
[2];
9022 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9024 data
[0] = XEMBED_VERSION
;
9027 XChangeProperty (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9028 dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
, dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
,
9029 32, PropModeReplace
, (unsigned char *) data
, 2);
9031 #endif /* defined USE_X_TOOLKIT || ! defined USE_GTK */
9034 xembed_send_message (struct frame
*f
, Time t
, enum xembed_message msg
,
9035 long int detail
, long int data1
, long int data2
)
9039 event
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9040 event
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
;
9041 event
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_XEMBED
;
9042 event
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9043 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = t
;
9044 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[1] = msg
;
9045 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[2] = detail
;
9046 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[3] = data1
;
9047 event
.xclient
.data
.l
[4] = data2
;
9049 XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_OUTPUT (f
)->parent_desc
,
9050 False
, NoEventMask
, &event
);
9051 XSync (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), False
);
9054 /* Change of visibility. */
9056 /* This tries to wait until the frame is really visible.
9057 However, if the window manager asks the user where to position
9058 the frame, this will return before the user finishes doing that.
9059 The frame will not actually be visible at that time,
9060 but it will become visible later when the window manager
9061 finishes with it. */
9064 x_make_frame_visible (struct frame
*f
)
9067 int original_top
, original_left
;
9068 int retry_count
= 2;
9074 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9076 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9078 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9080 /* We test FRAME_GARBAGED_P here to make sure we don't
9081 call x_set_offset a second time
9082 if we get to x_make_frame_visible a second time
9083 before the window gets really visible. */
9084 if (! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9085 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9086 && ! f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
)
9087 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9089 f
->output_data
.x
->asked_for_visible
= 1;
9091 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9092 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, NormalState
);
9093 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9094 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9095 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9098 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9099 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9101 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9103 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9104 gtk_window_deiconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9106 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9107 xembed_set_info (f
, XEMBED_MAPPED
);
9109 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9110 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9111 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9114 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9116 /* Synchronize to ensure Emacs knows the frame is visible
9117 before we do anything else. We do this loop with input not blocked
9118 so that incoming events are handled. */
9122 /* This must be before UNBLOCK_INPUT
9123 since events that arrive in response to the actions above
9124 will set it when they are handled. */
9125 int previously_visible
= f
->output_data
.x
->has_been_visible
;
9127 original_left
= f
->left_pos
;
9128 original_top
= f
->top_pos
;
9130 /* This must come after we set COUNT. */
9133 /* We unblock here so that arriving X events are processed. */
9135 /* Now move the window back to where it was "supposed to be".
9136 But don't do it if the gravity is negative.
9137 When the gravity is negative, this uses a position
9138 that is 3 pixels too low. Perhaps that's really the border width.
9140 Don't do this if the window has never been visible before,
9141 because the window manager may choose the position
9142 and we don't want to override it. */
9144 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9145 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9146 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
)
9147 && f
->win_gravity
== NorthWestGravity
9148 && previously_visible
)
9152 unsigned int width
, height
, border
, depth
;
9156 /* On some window managers (such as FVWM) moving an existing
9157 window, even to the same place, causes the window manager
9158 to introduce an offset. This can cause the window to move
9159 to an unexpected location. Check the geometry (a little
9160 slow here) and then verify that the window is in the right
9161 place. If the window is not in the right place, move it
9162 there, and take the potential window manager hit. */
9163 XGetGeometry (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9164 &rootw
, &x
, &y
, &width
, &height
, &border
, &depth
);
9166 if (original_left
!= x
|| original_top
!= y
)
9167 XMoveWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
),
9168 original_left
, original_top
);
9173 XSETFRAME (frame
, f
);
9175 /* Wait until the frame is visible. Process X events until a
9176 MapNotify event has been seen, or until we think we won't get a
9177 MapNotify at all.. */
9178 for (count
= input_signal_count
+ 10;
9179 input_signal_count
< count
&& !FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
);)
9181 /* Force processing of queued events. */
9184 /* Machines that do polling rather than SIGIO have been
9185 observed to go into a busy-wait here. So we'll fake an
9186 alarm signal to let the handler know that there's something
9187 to be read. We used to raise a real alarm, but it seems
9188 that the handler isn't always enabled here. This is
9190 if (input_polling_used ())
9192 /* It could be confusing if a real alarm arrives while
9193 processing the fake one. Turn it off and let the
9194 handler reset it. */
9195 int old_poll_suppress_count
= poll_suppress_count
;
9196 poll_suppress_count
= 1;
9197 poll_for_input_1 ();
9198 poll_suppress_count
= old_poll_suppress_count
;
9201 /* See if a MapNotify event has been processed. */
9202 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9207 (let ((f (selected-frame)))
9211 the frame is not raised with various window managers on
9212 FreeBSD, GNU/Linux and Solaris. It turns out that, for some
9213 unknown reason, the call to XtMapWidget is completely ignored.
9214 Mapping the widget a second time works. */
9216 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
) && --retry_count
!= 0)
9221 /* Change from mapped state to withdrawn state. */
9223 /* Make the frame visible (mapped and not iconified). */
9226 x_make_frame_invisible (struct frame
*f
)
9230 /* Use the frame's outermost window, not the one we normally draw on. */
9231 window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9233 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9234 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9235 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9239 /* Before unmapping the window, update the WM_SIZE_HINTS property to claim
9240 that the current position of the window is user-specified, rather than
9241 program-specified, so that when the window is mapped again, it will be
9242 placed at the same location, without forcing the user to position it
9243 by hand again (they have already done that once for this window.) */
9244 x_wm_set_size_hint (f
, (long) 0, 1);
9247 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9248 gtk_widget_hide (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9251 if (FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9252 xembed_set_info (f
, 0);
9257 if (! XWithdrawWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
,
9258 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
))))
9261 error ("Can't notify window manager of window withdrawal");
9265 /* We can't distinguish this from iconification
9266 just by the event that we get from the server.
9267 So we can't win using the usual strategy of letting
9268 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY set this. So do it by hand,
9269 and synchronize with the server to make sure we agree. */
9271 FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
) = 0;
9272 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9273 f
->async_iconified
= 0;
9280 /* Change window state from mapped to iconified. */
9283 x_iconify_frame (struct frame
*f
)
9285 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9290 /* Don't keep the highlight on an invisible frame. */
9291 if (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
== f
)
9292 FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9294 if (f
->async_iconified
)
9299 FRAME_SAMPLE_VISIBILITY (f
);
9301 type
= x_icon_type (f
);
9303 x_bitmap_icon (f
, type
);
9305 #if defined (USE_GTK)
9306 if (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
))
9308 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9309 gtk_widget_show_all (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
));
9311 gtk_window_iconify (GTK_WINDOW (FRAME_GTK_OUTER_WIDGET (f
)));
9314 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9315 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9321 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9323 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9325 if (! EQ (Vx_no_window_manager
, Qt
))
9326 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9327 /* This was XtPopup, but that did nothing for an iconified frame. */
9328 XtMapWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9329 /* The server won't give us any event to indicate
9330 that an invisible frame was changed to an icon,
9331 so we have to record it here. */
9334 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9335 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9340 result
= XIconifyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9341 XtWindow (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
),
9342 DefaultScreen (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)));
9346 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9348 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9349 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9353 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9355 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9357 /* Make sure the X server knows where the window should be positioned,
9358 in case the user deiconifies with the window manager. */
9359 if (! FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
)
9360 && ! FRAME_ICONIFIED_P (f
)
9361 && ! FRAME_X_EMBEDDED_P (f
))
9362 x_set_offset (f
, f
->left_pos
, f
->top_pos
, 0);
9364 /* Since we don't know which revision of X we're running, we'll use both
9365 the X11R3 and X11R4 techniques. I don't know if this is a good idea. */
9367 /* X11R4: send a ClientMessage to the window manager using the
9368 WM_CHANGE_STATE type. */
9372 msg
.xclient
.window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9373 msg
.xclient
.type
= ClientMessage
;
9374 msg
.xclient
.message_type
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
)->Xatom_wm_change_state
;
9375 msg
.xclient
.format
= 32;
9376 msg
.xclient
.data
.l
[0] = IconicState
;
9378 if (! XSendEvent (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
),
9379 DefaultRootWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
)),
9381 SubstructureRedirectMask
| SubstructureNotifyMask
,
9385 error ("Can't notify window manager of iconification");
9389 /* X11R3: set the initial_state field of the window manager hints to
9391 x_wm_set_window_state (f
, IconicState
);
9393 if (!FRAME_VISIBLE_P (f
))
9395 /* If the frame was withdrawn, before, we must map it. */
9396 XMapRaised (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9399 f
->async_iconified
= 1;
9400 f
->async_visible
= 0;
9402 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9404 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9408 /* Free X resources of frame F. */
9411 x_free_frame_resources (struct frame
*f
)
9413 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9414 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
9415 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9417 struct scroll_bar
*b
;
9422 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9423 commands to the X server. */
9424 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
9426 /* We must free faces before destroying windows because some
9427 font-driver (e.g. xft) access a window while finishing a
9429 if (FRAME_FACE_CACHE (f
))
9430 free_frame_faces (f
);
9432 if (f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
)
9433 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), f
->output_data
.x
->icon_desc
);
9435 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9436 /* Explicitly destroy the scroll bars of the frame. Without
9437 this, we get "BadDrawable" errors from the toolkit later on,
9438 presumably from expose events generated for the disappearing
9439 toolkit scroll bars. */
9440 for (bar
= FRAME_SCROLL_BARS (f
); !NILP (bar
); bar
= b
->next
)
9442 b
= XSCROLL_BAR (bar
);
9443 x_scroll_bar_remove (b
);
9452 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9453 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9455 XtDestroyWidget (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9456 f
->output_data
.x
->widget
= NULL
;
9458 /* Tooltips don't have widgets, only a simple X window, even if
9459 we are using a toolkit. */
9460 else if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9461 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9463 free_frame_menubar (f
);
9464 #else /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9467 xg_free_frame_widgets (f
);
9468 #endif /* USE_GTK */
9470 if (FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
))
9471 XDestroyWindow (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
));
9472 #endif /* !USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9474 unload_color (f
, FRAME_FOREGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9475 unload_color (f
, FRAME_BACKGROUND_PIXEL (f
));
9476 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_pixel
);
9477 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->cursor_foreground_pixel
);
9478 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->border_pixel
);
9479 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->mouse_pixel
);
9481 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
!= -1)
9482 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_background_pixel
);
9483 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
!= -1)
9484 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_foreground_pixel
);
9485 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
9486 /* Scrollbar shadow colors. */
9487 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9488 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_top_shadow_pixel
);
9489 if (f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
!= -1)
9490 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->scroll_bar_bottom_shadow_pixel
);
9491 #endif /* USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS */
9492 if (f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.allocated_p
)
9493 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->white_relief
.pixel
);
9494 if (f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.allocated_p
)
9495 unload_color (f
, f
->output_data
.x
->black_relief
.pixel
);
9498 XFlush (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
));
9501 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
->saved_menu_event
);
9502 xfree (f
->output_data
.x
);
9503 f
->output_data
.x
= NULL
;
9505 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
)
9506 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
9507 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
)
9508 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
9509 if (f
== dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
)
9510 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
9512 if (f
== hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
)
9514 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
9515 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
9516 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
9517 = hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
9518 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
9519 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
9520 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
9527 /* Destroy the X window of frame F. */
9530 x_destroy_window (struct frame
*f
)
9532 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
);
9534 /* If a display connection is dead, don't try sending more
9535 commands to the X server. */
9536 if (dpyinfo
->display
!= 0)
9537 x_free_frame_resources (f
);
9539 dpyinfo
->reference_count
--;
9543 /* Setting window manager hints. */
9545 /* Set the normal size hints for the window manager, for frame F.
9546 FLAGS is the flags word to use--or 0 meaning preserve the flags
9547 that the window now has.
9548 If USER_POSITION, set the USPosition
9549 flag (this is useful when FLAGS is 0).
9550 The GTK version is in gtkutils.c. */
9554 x_wm_set_size_hint (struct frame
*f
, long flags
, bool user_position
)
9556 XSizeHints size_hints
;
9557 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9559 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9560 if (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
)
9562 widget_update_wm_size_hints (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
);
9567 /* Setting PMaxSize caused various problems. */
9568 size_hints
.flags
= PResizeInc
| PMinSize
/* | PMaxSize */;
9570 size_hints
.x
= f
->left_pos
;
9571 size_hints
.y
= f
->top_pos
;
9573 size_hints
.height
= FRAME_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
);
9574 size_hints
.width
= FRAME_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
);
9576 size_hints
.width_inc
= FRAME_COLUMN_WIDTH (f
);
9577 size_hints
.height_inc
= FRAME_LINE_HEIGHT (f
);
9578 size_hints
.max_width
= x_display_pixel_width (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9579 - FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9580 size_hints
.max_height
= x_display_pixel_height (FRAME_X_DISPLAY_INFO (f
))
9581 - FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9583 /* Calculate the base and minimum sizes. */
9585 int base_width
, base_height
;
9586 int min_rows
= 0, min_cols
= 0;
9588 base_width
= FRAME_TEXT_COLS_TO_PIXEL_WIDTH (f
, 0);
9589 base_height
= FRAME_TEXT_LINES_TO_PIXEL_HEIGHT (f
, 0);
9591 check_frame_size (f
, &min_rows
, &min_cols
);
9593 /* The window manager uses the base width hints to calculate the
9594 current number of rows and columns in the frame while
9595 resizing; min_width and min_height aren't useful for this
9596 purpose, since they might not give the dimensions for a
9597 zero-row, zero-column frame.
9599 We use the base_width and base_height members if we have
9600 them; otherwise, we set the min_width and min_height members
9601 to the size for a zero x zero frame. */
9603 size_hints
.flags
|= PBaseSize
;
9604 size_hints
.base_width
= base_width
;
9605 size_hints
.base_height
= base_height
+ FRAME_MENUBAR_HEIGHT (f
);
9606 size_hints
.min_width
= base_width
+ min_cols
* size_hints
.width_inc
;
9607 size_hints
.min_height
= base_height
+ min_rows
* size_hints
.height_inc
;
9610 /* If we don't need the old flags, we don't need the old hint at all. */
9613 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9618 XSizeHints hints
; /* Sometimes I hate X Windows... */
9619 long supplied_return
;
9622 value
= XGetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &hints
,
9626 size_hints
.flags
|= flags
;
9631 if (hints
.flags
& PSize
)
9632 size_hints
.flags
|= PSize
;
9633 if (hints
.flags
& PPosition
)
9634 size_hints
.flags
|= PPosition
;
9635 if (hints
.flags
& USPosition
)
9636 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9637 if (hints
.flags
& USSize
)
9638 size_hints
.flags
|= USSize
;
9645 size_hints
.win_gravity
= f
->win_gravity
;
9646 size_hints
.flags
|= PWinGravity
;
9650 size_hints
.flags
&= ~ PPosition
;
9651 size_hints
.flags
|= USPosition
;
9653 #endif /* PWinGravity */
9655 XSetWMNormalHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &size_hints
);
9657 #endif /* not USE_GTK */
9659 /* Used for IconicState or NormalState */
9662 x_wm_set_window_state (struct frame
*f
, int state
)
9664 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9667 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNinitialState
, state
);
9668 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9669 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9670 Window window
= FRAME_X_WINDOW (f
);
9672 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= StateHint
;
9673 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.initial_state
= state
;
9675 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9676 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9680 x_wm_set_icon_pixmap (struct frame
*f
, ptrdiff_t pixmap_id
)
9682 Pixmap icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
;
9684 #if !defined USE_X_TOOLKIT && !defined USE_GTK
9685 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9690 icon_pixmap
= x_bitmap_pixmap (f
, pixmap_id
);
9691 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_pixmap
= icon_pixmap
;
9692 icon_mask
= x_bitmap_mask (f
, pixmap_id
);
9693 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_mask
= icon_mask
;
9697 /* It seems there is no way to turn off use of an icon
9705 xg_set_frame_icon (f
, icon_pixmap
, icon_mask
);
9709 #elif defined (USE_X_TOOLKIT) /* same as in x_wm_set_window_state. */
9713 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconPixmap
, icon_pixmap
);
9714 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9715 XtSetArg (al
[0], XtNiconMask
, icon_mask
);
9716 XtSetValues (f
->output_data
.x
->widget
, al
, 1);
9719 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9721 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= (IconPixmapHint
| IconMaskHint
);
9722 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9724 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT && not USE_GTK */
9728 x_wm_set_icon_position (struct frame
*f
, int icon_x
, int icon_y
)
9730 Window window
= FRAME_OUTER_WINDOW (f
);
9732 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.flags
|= IconPositionHint
;
9733 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_x
= icon_x
;
9734 f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
.icon_y
= icon_y
;
9736 XSetWMHints (FRAME_X_DISPLAY (f
), window
, &f
->output_data
.x
->wm_hints
);
9740 /***********************************************************************
9742 ***********************************************************************/
9746 /* Check that FONT is valid on frame F. It is if it can be found in F's
9750 x_check_font (struct frame
*f
, struct font
*font
)
9752 eassert (font
!= NULL
&& ! NILP (font
->props
[FONT_TYPE_INDEX
]));
9753 if (font
->driver
->check
)
9754 eassert (font
->driver
->check (f
, font
) == 0);
9757 #endif /* GLYPH_DEBUG */
9760 /***********************************************************************
9762 ***********************************************************************/
9764 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9765 static XrmOptionDescRec emacs_options
[] = {
9766 {"-geometry", ".geometry", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9767 {"-iconic", ".iconic", XrmoptionNoArg
, (XtPointer
) "yes"},
9769 {"-internal-border-width", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth",
9770 XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9771 {"-ib", "*EmacsScreen.internalBorderWidth", XrmoptionSepArg
, NULL
},
9773 {"-T", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9774 {"-wn", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9775 {"-title", "*EmacsShell.title", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9776 {"-iconname", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9777 {"-in", "*EmacsShell.iconName", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9778 {"-mc", "*pointerColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
},
9779 {"-cr", "*cursorColor", XrmoptionSepArg
, (XtPointer
) NULL
}
9782 /* Whether atimer for Xt timeouts is activated or not. */
9784 static int x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
;
9786 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
9788 static int x_initialized
;
9790 /* Test whether two display-name strings agree up to the dot that separates
9791 the screen number from the server number. */
9793 same_x_server (const char *name1
, const char *name2
)
9796 const char *system_name
= SSDATA (Vsystem_name
);
9797 ptrdiff_t system_name_length
= SBYTES (Vsystem_name
);
9798 ptrdiff_t length_until_period
= 0;
9800 while (system_name
[length_until_period
] != 0
9801 && system_name
[length_until_period
] != '.')
9802 length_until_period
++;
9804 /* Treat `unix' like an empty host name. */
9805 if (! strncmp (name1
, "unix:", 5))
9807 if (! strncmp (name2
, "unix:", 5))
9809 /* Treat this host's name like an empty host name. */
9810 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9811 && name1
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9812 name1
+= system_name_length
;
9813 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, system_name_length
)
9814 && name2
[system_name_length
] == ':')
9815 name2
+= system_name_length
;
9816 /* Treat this host's domainless name like an empty host name. */
9817 if (! strncmp (name1
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9818 && name1
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9819 name1
+= length_until_period
;
9820 if (! strncmp (name2
, system_name
, length_until_period
)
9821 && name2
[length_until_period
] == ':')
9822 name2
+= length_until_period
;
9824 for (; *name1
!= '\0' && *name1
== *name2
; name1
++, name2
++)
9828 if (seen_colon
&& *name1
== '.')
9832 && (*name1
== '.' || *name1
== '\0')
9833 && (*name2
== '.' || *name2
== '\0'));
9836 /* Count number of set bits in mask and number of bits to shift to
9837 get to the first bit. With MASK 0x7e0, *BITS is set to 6, and *OFFSET
9840 get_bits_and_offset (long unsigned int mask
, int *bits
, int *offset
)
9861 /* Return 1 if display DISPLAY is available for use, 0 otherwise.
9862 But don't permanently open it, just test its availability. */
9865 x_display_ok (const char *display
)
9870 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (display
);
9872 XCloseDisplay (dpy
);
9880 my_log_handler (const gchar
*log_domain
, GLogLevelFlags log_level
,
9881 const gchar
*msg
, gpointer user_data
)
9883 if (!strstr (msg
, "g_set_prgname"))
9884 fprintf (stderr
, "%s-WARNING **: %s\n", log_domain
, msg
);
9888 /* Open a connection to X display DISPLAY_NAME, and return
9889 the structure that describes the open display.
9890 If we cannot contact the display, return null. */
9892 struct x_display_info
*
9893 x_term_init (Lisp_Object display_name
, char *xrm_option
, char *resource_name
)
9897 struct terminal
*terminal
;
9898 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
;
9900 Mouse_HLInfo
*hlinfo
;
9911 if (! x_display_ok (SSDATA (display_name
)))
9912 error ("Display %s can't be opened", SSDATA (display_name
));
9918 char *argv
[NUM_ARGV
];
9919 char **argv2
= argv
;
9922 if (x_initialized
++ > 1)
9924 xg_display_open (SSDATA (display_name
), &dpy
);
9928 static char display_opt
[] = "--display";
9929 static char name_opt
[] = "--name";
9931 for (argc
= 0; argc
< NUM_ARGV
; ++argc
)
9935 argv
[argc
++] = initial_argv
[0];
9937 if (! NILP (display_name
))
9939 argv
[argc
++] = display_opt
;
9940 argv
[argc
++] = SSDATA (display_name
);
9943 argv
[argc
++] = name_opt
;
9944 argv
[argc
++] = resource_name
;
9946 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
9948 /* Emacs can only handle core input events, so make sure
9949 Gtk doesn't use Xinput or Xinput2 extensions. */
9951 static char fix_events
[] = "GDK_CORE_DEVICE_EVENTS=1";
9952 putenv (fix_events
);
9955 /* Work around GLib bug that outputs a faulty warning. See
9956 https://bugzilla.gnome.org/show_bug.cgi?id=563627. */
9957 id
= g_log_set_handler ("GLib", G_LOG_LEVEL_WARNING
| G_LOG_FLAG_FATAL
9958 | G_LOG_FLAG_RECURSION
, my_log_handler
, NULL
);
9960 gtk_clutter_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9963 /* NULL window -> events for all windows go to our function.
9964 Call before gtk_init so Gtk+ event filters comes after our. */
9965 gdk_window_add_filter (NULL
, event_handler_gdk
, NULL
);
9967 /* gtk_init does set_locale. Fix locale before and after. */
9969 gtk_init (&argc
, &argv2
);
9973 g_log_remove_handler ("GLib", id
);
9977 dpy
= DEFAULT_GDK_DISPLAY ();
9979 #if GTK_MAJOR_VERSION <= 2 && GTK_MINOR_VERSION <= 90
9980 /* Load our own gtkrc if it exists. */
9982 const char *file
= "~/.emacs.d/gtkrc";
9983 Lisp_Object s
, abs_file
;
9985 s
= build_string (file
);
9986 abs_file
= Fexpand_file_name (s
, Qnil
);
9988 if (! NILP (abs_file
) && !NILP (Ffile_readable_p (abs_file
)))
9989 gtk_rc_parse (SSDATA (abs_file
));
9993 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
9994 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
9997 #else /* not USE_GTK */
9998 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
9999 /* weiner@footloose.sps.mot.com reports that this causes
10001 X protocol error: BadAtom (invalid Atom parameter)
10002 on protocol request 18skiloaf.
10003 So let's not use it until R6. */
10004 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10005 XtSetLanguageProc (NULL
, NULL
, NULL
);
10016 argv
[argc
++] = "-xrm";
10017 argv
[argc
++] = xrm_option
;
10019 turn_on_atimers (0);
10020 dpy
= XtOpenDisplay (Xt_app_con
, SSDATA (display_name
),
10021 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
,
10022 emacs_options
, XtNumber (emacs_options
),
10024 turn_on_atimers (1);
10026 #ifdef HAVE_X11XTR6
10027 /* I think this is to compensate for XtSetLanguageProc. */
10032 #else /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10033 XSetLocaleModifiers ("");
10034 dpy
= XOpenDisplay (SSDATA (display_name
));
10035 #endif /* not USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10036 #endif /* not USE_GTK*/
10038 /* Detect failure. */
10045 /* We have definitely succeeded. Record the new connection. */
10047 dpyinfo
= xzalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
);
10048 hlinfo
= &dpyinfo
->mouse_highlight
;
10050 terminal
= x_create_terminal (dpyinfo
);
10053 struct x_display_info
*share
;
10056 for (share
= x_display_list
, tail
= x_display_name_list
; share
;
10057 share
= share
->next
, tail
= XCDR (tail
))
10058 if (same_x_server (SSDATA (XCAR (XCAR (tail
))),
10059 SSDATA (display_name
)))
10062 terminal
->kboard
= share
->terminal
->kboard
;
10065 terminal
->kboard
= xmalloc (sizeof *terminal
->kboard
);
10066 init_kboard (terminal
->kboard
);
10067 kset_window_system (terminal
->kboard
, Qx
);
10069 /* Add the keyboard to the list before running Lisp code (via
10070 Qvendor_specific_keysyms below), since these are not traced
10071 via terminals but only through all_kboards. */
10072 terminal
->kboard
->next_kboard
= all_kboards
;
10073 all_kboards
= terminal
->kboard
;
10075 if (!EQ (XSYMBOL (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
)->function
, Qunbound
))
10077 char *vendor
= ServerVendor (dpy
);
10079 /* Protect terminal from GC before removing it from the
10080 list of terminals. */
10081 struct gcpro gcpro1
;
10082 Lisp_Object gcpro_term
;
10083 XSETTERMINAL (gcpro_term
, terminal
);
10084 GCPRO1 (gcpro_term
);
10086 /* Temporarily hide the partially initialized terminal. */
10087 terminal_list
= terminal
->next_terminal
;
10089 kset_system_key_alist
10091 call1 (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
,
10092 vendor
? build_string (vendor
) : empty_unibyte_string
));
10094 terminal
->next_terminal
= terminal_list
;
10095 terminal_list
= terminal
;
10099 /* Don't let the initial kboard remain current longer than necessary.
10100 That would cause problems if a file loaded on startup tries to
10101 prompt in the mini-buffer. */
10102 if (current_kboard
== initial_kboard
)
10103 current_kboard
= terminal
->kboard
;
10105 terminal
->kboard
->reference_count
++;
10108 /* Put this display on the chain. */
10109 dpyinfo
->next
= x_display_list
;
10110 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
;
10112 /* Put it on x_display_name_list as well, to keep them parallel. */
10113 x_display_name_list
= Fcons (Fcons (display_name
, Qnil
),
10114 x_display_name_list
);
10115 dpyinfo
->name_list_element
= XCAR (x_display_name_list
);
10117 dpyinfo
->display
= dpy
;
10119 /* Set the name of the terminal. */
10120 terminal
->name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (display_name
) + 1);
10121 memcpy (terminal
->name
, SSDATA (display_name
), SBYTES (display_name
));
10122 terminal
->name
[SBYTES (display_name
)] = 0;
10125 XSetAfterFunction (x_current_display
, x_trace_wire
);
10128 lim
= min (PTRDIFF_MAX
, SIZE_MAX
) - sizeof "@";
10129 if (lim
- SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
) < SBYTES (Vsystem_name
))
10130 memory_full (SIZE_MAX
);
10131 dpyinfo
->x_id_name
= xmalloc (SBYTES (Vinvocation_name
)
10132 + SBYTES (Vsystem_name
) + 2);
10133 strcat (strcat (strcpy (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
, SSDATA (Vinvocation_name
)), "@"),
10134 SSDATA (Vsystem_name
));
10136 /* Figure out which modifier bits mean what. */
10137 x_find_modifier_meanings (dpyinfo
);
10139 /* Get the scroll bar cursor. */
10141 /* We must create a GTK cursor, it is required for GTK widgets. */
10142 dpyinfo
->xg_cursor
= xg_create_default_cursor (dpyinfo
->display
);
10143 #endif /* USE_GTK */
10145 dpyinfo
->vertical_scroll_bar_cursor
10146 = XCreateFontCursor (dpyinfo
->display
, XC_sb_v_double_arrow
);
10148 xrdb
= x_load_resources (dpyinfo
->display
, xrm_option
,
10149 resource_name
, EMACS_CLASS
);
10150 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10151 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, xrdb
);
10153 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= xrdb
;
10155 /* Put the rdb where we can find it in a way that works on
10157 dpyinfo
->xrdb
= xrdb
;
10159 dpyinfo
->screen
= ScreenOfDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
,
10160 DefaultScreen (dpyinfo
->display
));
10161 select_visual (dpyinfo
);
10162 dpyinfo
->cmap
= DefaultColormapOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10163 dpyinfo
->root_window
= RootWindowOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10164 dpyinfo
->client_leader_window
= 0;
10165 dpyinfo
->grabbed
= 0;
10166 dpyinfo
->reference_count
= 0;
10167 dpyinfo
->icon_bitmap_id
= -1;
10168 dpyinfo
->n_fonts
= 0;
10169 dpyinfo
->bitmaps
= 0;
10170 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_size
= 0;
10171 dpyinfo
->bitmaps_last
= 0;
10172 dpyinfo
->scratch_cursor_gc
= 0;
10173 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_frame
= 0;
10174 hlinfo
->mouse_face_deferred_gc
= 0;
10175 hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_beg_col
= -1;
10176 hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_row
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_end_col
= -1;
10177 hlinfo
->mouse_face_face_id
= DEFAULT_FACE_ID
;
10178 hlinfo
->mouse_face_window
= Qnil
;
10179 hlinfo
->mouse_face_overlay
= Qnil
;
10180 hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_x
= hlinfo
->mouse_face_mouse_y
= 0;
10181 hlinfo
->mouse_face_defer
= 0;
10182 hlinfo
->mouse_face_hidden
= 0;
10183 dpyinfo
->x_focus_frame
= 0;
10184 dpyinfo
->x_focus_event_frame
= 0;
10185 dpyinfo
->x_highlight_frame
= 0;
10186 dpyinfo
->wm_type
= X_WMTYPE_UNKNOWN
;
10188 /* See if we can construct pixel values from RGB values. */
10189 dpyinfo
->red_bits
= dpyinfo
->blue_bits
= dpyinfo
->green_bits
= 0;
10190 dpyinfo
->red_offset
= dpyinfo
->blue_offset
= dpyinfo
->green_offset
= 0;
10192 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == TrueColor
)
10194 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->red_mask
,
10195 &dpyinfo
->red_bits
, &dpyinfo
->red_offset
);
10196 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->blue_mask
,
10197 &dpyinfo
->blue_bits
, &dpyinfo
->blue_offset
);
10198 get_bits_and_offset (dpyinfo
->visual
->green_mask
,
10199 &dpyinfo
->green_bits
, &dpyinfo
->green_offset
);
10202 /* See if a private colormap is requested. */
10203 if (dpyinfo
->visual
== DefaultVisualOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
))
10205 if (dpyinfo
->visual
->class == PseudoColor
)
10208 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10209 build_string ("privateColormap"),
10210 build_string ("PrivateColormap"),
10212 if (STRINGP (value
)
10213 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10214 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10215 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCopyColormapAndFree (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->cmap
);
10219 dpyinfo
->cmap
= XCreateColormap (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10220 dpyinfo
->visual
, AllocNone
);
10224 /* If we are using Xft, check dpi value in X resources.
10225 It is better we use it as well, since Xft will use it, as will all
10226 Gnome applications. If our real DPI is smaller or larger than the
10227 one Xft uses, our font will look smaller or larger than other
10228 for other applications, even if it is the same font name (monospace-10
10230 char *v
= XGetDefault (dpyinfo
->display
, "Xft", "dpi");
10232 if (v
!= NULL
&& sscanf (v
, "%lf", &d
) == 1)
10233 dpyinfo
->resy
= dpyinfo
->resx
= d
;
10237 if (dpyinfo
->resy
< 1)
10239 int screen_number
= XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
);
10240 double pixels
= DisplayHeight (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10241 double mm
= DisplayHeightMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10242 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10243 dpyinfo
->resy
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10244 pixels
= DisplayWidth (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10245 mm
= DisplayWidthMM (dpyinfo
->display
, screen_number
);
10246 /* Mac OS X 10.3's Xserver sometimes reports 0.0mm. */
10247 dpyinfo
->resx
= (mm
< 1) ? 100 : pixels
* 25.4 / mm
;
10256 { "WM_PROTOCOLS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_protocols
},
10257 { "WM_TAKE_FOCUS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_take_focus
},
10258 { "WM_SAVE_YOURSELF", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_save_yourself
},
10259 { "WM_DELETE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_delete_window
},
10260 { "WM_CHANGE_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_change_state
},
10261 { "WM_CONFIGURE_DENIED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_configure_denied
},
10262 { "WM_MOVED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_window_moved
},
10263 { "WM_CLIENT_LEADER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_wm_client_leader
},
10264 { "Editres", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_editres
},
10265 { "CLIPBOARD", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD
},
10266 { "TIMESTAMP", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TIMESTAMP
},
10267 { "TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TEXT
},
10268 { "COMPOUND_TEXT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_COMPOUND_TEXT
},
10269 { "UTF8_STRING", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_UTF8_STRING
},
10270 { "DELETE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DELETE
},
10271 { "MULTIPLE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULTIPLE
},
10272 { "INCR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_INCR
},
10273 { "_EMACS_TMP_", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_EMACS_TMP
},
10274 { "TARGETS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_TARGETS
},
10275 { "NULL", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_NULL
},
10276 { "ATOM", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM
},
10277 { "ATOM_PAIR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_ATOM_PAIR
},
10278 { "CLIPBOARD_MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_CLIPBOARD_MANAGER
},
10279 { "_XEMBED_INFO", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED_INFO
},
10280 /* For properties of font. */
10281 { "PIXEL_SIZE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PIXEL_SIZE
},
10282 { "AVERAGE_WIDTH", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_AVERAGE_WIDTH
},
10283 { "_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_BASELINE_OFFSET
},
10284 { "_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_RELATIVE_COMPOSE
},
10285 { "_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_MULE_DEFAULT_ASCENT
},
10286 /* Ghostscript support. */
10287 { "DONE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_DONE
},
10288 { "PAGE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_PAGE
},
10289 { "SCROLLBAR", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_Scrollbar
},
10290 { "_XEMBED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_XEMBED
},
10292 { "_NET_WM_STATE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state
},
10293 { "_NET_WM_STATE_FULLSCREEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_fullscreen
},
10294 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_HORZ",
10295 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_horz
},
10296 { "_NET_WM_STATE_MAXIMIZED_VERT",
10297 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_maximized_vert
},
10298 { "_NET_WM_STATE_STICKY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_sticky
},
10299 { "_NET_WM_STATE_HIDDEN", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_state_hidden
},
10300 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type
},
10301 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_TYPE_TOOLTIP",
10302 &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_window_type_tooltip
},
10303 { "_NET_WM_ICON_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_icon_name
},
10304 { "_NET_WM_NAME", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_name
},
10305 { "_NET_SUPPORTED", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supported
},
10306 { "_NET_SUPPORTING_WM_CHECK", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_supporting_wm_check
},
10307 { "_NET_WM_WINDOW_OPACITY", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_wm_window_opacity
},
10308 { "_NET_ACTIVE_WINDOW", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_active_window
},
10309 { "_NET_FRAME_EXTENTS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_net_frame_extents
},
10310 /* Session management */
10311 { "SM_CLIENT_ID", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_SM_CLIENT_ID
},
10312 { "_XSETTINGS_SETTINGS", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_prop
},
10313 { "MANAGER", &dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_mgr
},
10317 const int atom_count
= sizeof (atom_refs
) / sizeof (atom_refs
[0]);
10318 /* 1 for _XSETTINGS_SN */
10319 const int total_atom_count
= 1 + atom_count
;
10320 Atom
*atoms_return
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atoms_return
);
10321 char **atom_names
= xmalloc (total_atom_count
* sizeof *atom_names
);
10322 static char const xsettings_fmt
[] = "_XSETTINGS_S%d";
10323 char xsettings_atom_name
[sizeof xsettings_fmt
- 2
10324 + INT_STRLEN_BOUND (int)];
10326 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10327 atom_names
[i
] = (char *) atom_refs
[i
].name
;
10329 /* Build _XSETTINGS_SN atom name */
10330 sprintf (xsettings_atom_name
, xsettings_fmt
,
10331 XScreenNumberOfScreen (dpyinfo
->screen
));
10332 atom_names
[i
] = xsettings_atom_name
;
10334 XInternAtoms (dpyinfo
->display
, atom_names
, total_atom_count
,
10335 False
, atoms_return
);
10337 for (i
= 0; i
< atom_count
; i
++)
10338 *atom_refs
[i
].atom
= atoms_return
[i
];
10340 /* Manual copy of last atom */
10341 dpyinfo
->Xatom_xsettings_sel
= atoms_return
[i
];
10343 xfree (atom_names
);
10344 xfree (atoms_return
);
10347 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
= 8;
10348 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_length
= 0;
10349 dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
= xmalloc (sizeof *dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
10350 * dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms_size
);
10352 dpyinfo
->net_supported_atoms
= NULL
;
10353 dpyinfo
->nr_net_supported_atoms
= 0;
10354 dpyinfo
->net_supported_window
= 0;
10356 connection
= ConnectionNumber (dpyinfo
->display
);
10357 dpyinfo
->connection
= connection
;
10359 = XCreatePixmapFromBitmapData (dpyinfo
->display
, dpyinfo
->root_window
,
10360 gray_bits
, gray_width
, gray_height
,
10364 xim_initialize (dpyinfo
, resource_name
);
10367 xsettings_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10369 /* This is only needed for distinguishing keyboard and process input. */
10370 if (connection
!= 0)
10371 add_keyboard_wait_descriptor (connection
);
10374 fcntl (connection
, F_SETOWN
, getpid ());
10375 #endif /* ! defined (F_SETOWN) */
10377 if (interrupt_input
)
10378 init_sigio (connection
);
10382 XrmValue d
, fr
, to
;
10385 dpy
= dpyinfo
->display
;
10386 d
.addr
= (XPointer
)&dpy
;
10387 d
.size
= sizeof (Display
*);
10388 fr
.addr
= XtDefaultFont
;
10389 fr
.size
= sizeof (XtDefaultFont
);
10390 to
.size
= sizeof (Font
*);
10391 to
.addr
= (XPointer
)&font
;
10392 x_catch_errors (dpy
);
10393 if (!XtCallConverter (dpy
, XtCvtStringToFont
, &d
, 1, &fr
, &to
, NULL
))
10395 if (x_had_errors_p (dpy
) || !XQueryFont (dpy
, font
))
10396 XrmPutLineResource (&xrdb
, "Emacs.dialog.*.font: 9x15");
10397 x_uncatch_errors ();
10401 /* See if we should run in synchronous mode. This is useful
10402 for debugging X code. */
10405 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10406 build_string ("synchronous"),
10407 build_string ("Synchronous"),
10409 if (STRINGP (value
)
10410 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10411 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10412 XSynchronize (dpyinfo
->display
, True
);
10417 value
= display_x_get_resource (dpyinfo
,
10418 build_string ("useXIM"),
10419 build_string ("UseXIM"),
10422 if (STRINGP (value
)
10423 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "false")
10424 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "off")))
10427 if (STRINGP (value
)
10428 && (!strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "true")
10429 || !strcmp (SSDATA (value
), "on")))
10435 /* Only do this for the very first display in the Emacs session.
10436 Ignore X session management when Emacs was first started on a
10438 if (terminal
->id
== 1)
10439 x_session_initialize (dpyinfo
);
10447 /* Get rid of display DPYINFO, deleting all frames on it,
10448 and without sending any more commands to the X server. */
10451 x_delete_display (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10453 struct terminal
*t
;
10455 /* Close all frames and delete the generic struct terminal for this
10457 for (t
= terminal_list
; t
; t
= t
->next_terminal
)
10458 if (t
->type
== output_x_window
&& t
->display_info
.x
== dpyinfo
)
10461 /* Close X session management when we close its display. */
10462 if (t
->id
== 1 && x_session_have_connection ())
10463 x_session_close ();
10465 delete_terminal (t
);
10469 delete_keyboard_wait_descriptor (dpyinfo
->connection
);
10471 /* Discard this display from x_display_name_list and x_display_list.
10472 We can't use Fdelq because that can quit. */
10473 if (! NILP (x_display_name_list
)
10474 && EQ (XCAR (x_display_name_list
), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10475 x_display_name_list
= XCDR (x_display_name_list
);
10480 tail
= x_display_name_list
;
10481 while (CONSP (tail
) && CONSP (XCDR (tail
)))
10483 if (EQ (XCAR (XCDR (tail
)), dpyinfo
->name_list_element
))
10485 XSETCDR (tail
, XCDR (XCDR (tail
)));
10488 tail
= XCDR (tail
);
10492 if (next_noop_dpyinfo
== dpyinfo
)
10493 next_noop_dpyinfo
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10495 if (x_display_list
== dpyinfo
)
10496 x_display_list
= dpyinfo
->next
;
10499 struct x_display_info
*tail
;
10501 for (tail
= x_display_list
; tail
; tail
= tail
->next
)
10502 if (tail
->next
== dpyinfo
)
10503 tail
->next
= tail
->next
->next
;
10506 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_id_name
);
10507 xfree (dpyinfo
->x_dnd_atoms
);
10508 xfree (dpyinfo
->color_cells
);
10512 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10514 /* Atimer callback function for TIMER. Called every 0.1s to process
10515 Xt timeouts, if needed. We must avoid calling XtAppPending as
10516 much as possible because that function does an implicit XFlush
10517 that slows us down. */
10520 x_process_timeouts (struct atimer
*timer
)
10523 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 0;
10524 if (toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction
|| popup_activated ())
10526 while (XtAppPending (Xt_app_con
) & XtIMTimer
)
10527 XtAppProcessEvent (Xt_app_con
, XtIMTimer
);
10528 /* Reactivate the atimer for next time. */
10529 x_activate_timeout_atimer ();
10534 /* Install an asynchronous timer that processes Xt timeout events
10535 every 0.1s as long as either `toolkit_scroll_bar_interaction' or
10536 `popup_activated_flag' (in xmenu.c) is set. Make sure to call this
10537 function whenever these variables are set. This is necessary
10538 because some widget sets use timeouts internally, for example the
10539 LessTif menu bar, or the Xaw3d scroll bar. When Xt timeouts aren't
10540 processed, these widgets don't behave normally. */
10543 x_activate_timeout_atimer (void)
10546 if (!x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
)
10548 EMACS_TIME interval
= make_emacs_time (0, 100 * 1000 * 1000);
10549 start_atimer (ATIMER_RELATIVE
, interval
, x_process_timeouts
, 0);
10550 x_timeout_atimer_activated_flag
= 1;
10555 #endif /* USE_X_TOOLKIT */
10558 /* Set up use of X before we make the first connection. */
10560 static struct redisplay_interface x_redisplay_interface
=
10562 x_frame_parm_handlers
,
10566 x_clear_end_of_line
,
10568 x_after_update_window_line
,
10569 x_update_window_begin
,
10570 x_update_window_end
,
10576 0, /* flush_display_optional */
10578 x_clear_window_mouse_face
,
10579 x_get_glyph_overhangs
,
10580 x_fix_overlapping_area
,
10581 x_draw_fringe_bitmap
,
10582 0, /* define_fringe_bitmap */
10583 0, /* destroy_fringe_bitmap */
10584 x_compute_glyph_string_overhangs
,
10585 x_draw_glyph_string
,
10586 x_define_frame_cursor
,
10587 x_clear_frame_area
,
10588 x_draw_window_cursor
,
10589 x_draw_vertical_window_border
,
10590 x_shift_glyphs_for_insert
10594 /* This function is called when the last frame on a display is deleted. */
10596 x_delete_terminal (struct terminal
*terminal
)
10598 struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
= terminal
->display_info
.x
;
10600 /* Protect against recursive calls. delete_frame in
10601 delete_terminal calls us back when it deletes our last frame. */
10602 if (!terminal
->name
)
10607 /* We must close our connection to the XIM server before closing the
10610 xim_close_dpy (dpyinfo
);
10613 /* If called from x_connection_closed, the display may already be closed
10614 and dpyinfo->display was set to 0 to indicate that. */
10615 if (dpyinfo
->display
)
10617 x_destroy_all_bitmaps (dpyinfo
);
10618 XSetCloseDownMode (dpyinfo
->display
, DestroyAll
);
10620 /* Whether or not XCloseDisplay destroys the associated resource
10621 database depends on the version of libX11. To avoid both
10622 crash and memory leak, we dissociate the database from the
10623 display and then destroy dpyinfo->xrdb ourselves.
10625 Unfortunately, the above strategy does not work in some
10626 situations due to a bug in newer versions of libX11: because
10627 XrmSetDatabase doesn't clear the flag XlibDisplayDfltRMDB if
10628 dpy->db is NULL, XCloseDisplay destroys the associated
10629 database whereas it has not been created by XGetDefault
10630 (Bug#21974 in freedesktop.org Bugzilla). As a workaround, we
10631 don't destroy the database here in order to avoid the crash
10632 in the above situations for now, though that may cause memory
10633 leaks in other situations. */
10635 #ifdef HAVE_XRMSETDATABASE
10636 XrmSetDatabase (dpyinfo
->display
, NULL
);
10638 dpyinfo
->display
->db
= NULL
;
10640 /* We used to call XrmDestroyDatabase from x_delete_display, but
10641 some older versions of libX11 crash if we call it after
10642 closing all the displays. */
10643 XrmDestroyDatabase (dpyinfo
->xrdb
);
10647 xg_display_close (dpyinfo
->display
);
10649 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10650 XtCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10652 XCloseDisplay (dpyinfo
->display
);
10654 #endif /* ! USE_GTK */
10657 /* Mark as dead. */
10658 dpyinfo
->display
= NULL
;
10659 x_delete_display (dpyinfo
);
10663 /* Create a struct terminal, initialize it with the X11 specific
10664 functions and make DISPLAY->TERMINAL point to it. */
10666 static struct terminal
*
10667 x_create_terminal (struct x_display_info
*dpyinfo
)
10669 struct terminal
*terminal
;
10671 terminal
= create_terminal ();
10673 terminal
->type
= output_x_window
;
10674 terminal
->display_info
.x
= dpyinfo
;
10675 dpyinfo
->terminal
= terminal
;
10677 /* kboard is initialized in x_term_init. */
10679 terminal
->clear_frame_hook
= x_clear_frame
;
10680 terminal
->ins_del_lines_hook
= x_ins_del_lines
;
10681 terminal
->delete_glyphs_hook
= x_delete_glyphs
;
10682 terminal
->ring_bell_hook
= XTring_bell
;
10683 terminal
->toggle_invisible_pointer_hook
= XTtoggle_invisible_pointer
;
10684 terminal
->reset_terminal_modes_hook
= XTreset_terminal_modes
;
10685 terminal
->set_terminal_modes_hook
= XTset_terminal_modes
;
10686 terminal
->update_begin_hook
= x_update_begin
;
10687 terminal
->update_end_hook
= x_update_end
;
10688 terminal
->set_terminal_window_hook
= XTset_terminal_window
;
10689 terminal
->read_socket_hook
= XTread_socket
;
10690 terminal
->frame_up_to_date_hook
= XTframe_up_to_date
;
10691 terminal
->mouse_position_hook
= XTmouse_position
;
10692 terminal
->frame_rehighlight_hook
= XTframe_rehighlight
;
10693 terminal
->frame_raise_lower_hook
= XTframe_raise_lower
;
10694 terminal
->fullscreen_hook
= XTfullscreen_hook
;
10695 terminal
->set_vertical_scroll_bar_hook
= XTset_vertical_scroll_bar
;
10696 terminal
->condemn_scroll_bars_hook
= XTcondemn_scroll_bars
;
10697 terminal
->redeem_scroll_bar_hook
= XTredeem_scroll_bar
;
10698 terminal
->judge_scroll_bars_hook
= XTjudge_scroll_bars
;
10700 terminal
->delete_frame_hook
= x_destroy_window
;
10701 terminal
->delete_terminal_hook
= x_delete_terminal
;
10703 terminal
->rif
= &x_redisplay_interface
;
10704 terminal
->scroll_region_ok
= 1; /* We'll scroll partial frames. */
10705 terminal
->char_ins_del_ok
= 1;
10706 terminal
->line_ins_del_ok
= 1; /* We'll just blt 'em. */
10707 terminal
->fast_clear_end_of_line
= 1; /* X does this well. */
10708 terminal
->memory_below_frame
= 0; /* We don't remember what scrolls
10715 x_initialize (void)
10720 last_tool_bar_item
= -1;
10721 any_help_event_p
= 0;
10722 ignore_next_mouse_click_timeout
= 0;
10725 current_count
= -1;
10728 /* Try to use interrupt input; if we can't, then start polling. */
10729 Fset_input_interrupt_mode (Qt
);
10731 #ifdef USE_X_TOOLKIT
10732 XtToolkitInitialize ();
10734 Xt_app_con
= XtCreateApplicationContext ();
10736 /* Register a converter from strings to pixels, which uses
10737 Emacs' color allocation infrastructure. */
10738 XtAppSetTypeConverter (Xt_app_con
,
10739 XtRString
, XtRPixel
, cvt_string_to_pixel
,
10740 cvt_string_to_pixel_args
,
10741 XtNumber (cvt_string_to_pixel_args
),
10742 XtCacheByDisplay
, cvt_pixel_dtor
);
10744 XtAppSetFallbackResources (Xt_app_con
, Xt_default_resources
);
10747 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10749 xaw3d_arrow_scroll
= False
;
10750 xaw3d_pick_top
= True
;
10754 pending_autoraise_frame
= 0;
10755 pending_event_wait
.f
= 0;
10756 pending_event_wait
.eventtype
= 0;
10758 /* Note that there is no real way portable across R3/R4 to get the
10759 original error handler. */
10760 XSetErrorHandler (x_error_handler
);
10761 XSetIOErrorHandler (x_io_error_quitter
);
10766 syms_of_xterm (void)
10768 x_error_message
= NULL
;
10770 staticpro (&x_display_name_list
);
10771 x_display_name_list
= Qnil
;
10773 staticpro (&last_mouse_scroll_bar
);
10774 last_mouse_scroll_bar
= Qnil
;
10776 DEFSYM (Qvendor_specific_keysyms
, "vendor-specific-keysyms");
10777 DEFSYM (Qlatin_1
, "latin-1");
10779 staticpro (&last_mouse_press_frame
);
10780 last_mouse_press_frame
= Qnil
;
10783 xg_default_icon_file
= build_pure_c_string ("icons/hicolor/scalable/apps/emacs.svg");
10784 staticpro (&xg_default_icon_file
);
10786 DEFSYM (Qx_gtk_map_stock
, "x-gtk-map-stock");
10789 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-use-underline-position-properties",
10790 x_use_underline_position_properties
,
10791 doc
: /* Non-nil means make use of UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties.
10792 A value of nil means ignore them. If you encounter fonts with bogus
10793 UNDERLINE_POSITION font properties, for example 7x13 on XFree prior
10794 to 4.1, set this to nil. You can also use `underline-minimum-offset'
10795 to override the font's UNDERLINE_POSITION for small font display
10797 x_use_underline_position_properties
= 1;
10799 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-underline-at-descent-line",
10800 x_underline_at_descent_line
,
10801 doc
: /* Non-nil means to draw the underline at the same place as the descent line.
10802 A value of nil means to draw the underline according to the value of the
10803 variable `x-use-underline-position-properties', which is usually at the
10804 baseline level. The default value is nil. */);
10805 x_underline_at_descent_line
= 0;
10807 DEFVAR_BOOL ("x-mouse-click-focus-ignore-position",
10808 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
,
10809 doc
: /* Non-nil means that a mouse click to focus a frame does not move point.
10810 This variable is only used when the window manager requires that you
10811 click on a frame to select it (give it focus). In that case, a value
10812 of nil, means that the selected window and cursor position changes to
10813 reflect the mouse click position, while a non-nil value means that the
10814 selected window or cursor position is preserved. */);
10815 x_mouse_click_focus_ignore_position
= 0;
10817 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-toolkit-scroll-bars", Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
,
10818 doc
: /* Which toolkit scroll bars Emacs uses, if any.
10819 A value of nil means Emacs doesn't use toolkit scroll bars.
10820 With the X Window system, the value is a symbol describing the
10821 X toolkit. Possible values are: gtk, motif, xaw, or xaw3d.
10822 With MS Windows or Nextstep, the value is t. */);
10823 #ifdef USE_TOOLKIT_SCROLL_BARS
10825 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("motif");
10826 #elif defined HAVE_XAW3D
10827 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw3d");
10829 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("gtk");
10831 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= intern_c_string ("xaw");
10834 Vx_toolkit_scroll_bars
= Qnil
;
10837 staticpro (&last_mouse_motion_frame
);
10838 last_mouse_motion_frame
= Qnil
;
10840 Qmodifier_value
= intern_c_string ("modifier-value");
10841 Qalt
= intern_c_string ("alt");
10842 Fput (Qalt
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (alt_modifier
));
10843 Qhyper
= intern_c_string ("hyper");
10844 Fput (Qhyper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (hyper_modifier
));
10845 Qmeta
= intern_c_string ("meta");
10846 Fput (Qmeta
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (meta_modifier
));
10847 Qsuper
= intern_c_string ("super");
10848 Fput (Qsuper
, Qmodifier_value
, make_number (super_modifier
));
10850 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-alt-keysym", Vx_alt_keysym
,
10851 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the alt modifier.
10852 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10853 For example, `alt' means use the Alt_L and Alt_R keysyms. The default
10854 is nil, which is the same as `alt'. */);
10855 Vx_alt_keysym
= Qnil
;
10857 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-hyper-keysym", Vx_hyper_keysym
,
10858 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the hyper modifier.
10859 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10860 For example, `hyper' means use the Hyper_L and Hyper_R keysyms. The
10861 default is nil, which is the same as `hyper'. */);
10862 Vx_hyper_keysym
= Qnil
;
10864 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-meta-keysym", Vx_meta_keysym
,
10865 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the meta modifier.
10866 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10867 For example, `meta' means use the Meta_L and Meta_R keysyms. The
10868 default is nil, which is the same as `meta'. */);
10869 Vx_meta_keysym
= Qnil
;
10871 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-super-keysym", Vx_super_keysym
,
10872 doc
: /* Which keys Emacs uses for the super modifier.
10873 This should be one of the symbols `alt', `hyper', `meta', `super'.
10874 For example, `super' means use the Super_L and Super_R keysyms. The
10875 default is nil, which is the same as `super'. */);
10876 Vx_super_keysym
= Qnil
;
10878 DEFVAR_LISP ("x-keysym-table", Vx_keysym_table
,
10879 doc
: /* Hash table of character codes indexed by X keysym codes. */);
10880 Vx_keysym_table
= make_hash_table (hashtest_eql
, make_number (900),
10881 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_SIZE
),
10882 make_float (DEFAULT_REHASH_THRESHOLD
),
10886 #endif /* HAVE_X_WINDOWS */